Jeep WK Grand Cherokee Section 08O Restraints

WK
RESTRAINTS
8O - 1
RESTRAINTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
page page
RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . 1
RESTRAINTS - SERVICE INFORMATION . . . . . . 427
RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
page RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING B1203-SRS WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT/PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 B1204-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 B1205-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 B1206-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 B1207-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER . . . . . . . . . . 20 B1B00-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 B1B01-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 B1B02-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 B1B03-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 B1B04-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 B1B05-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 B1B06-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 B1B07-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 B1B08-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 B1B09-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 B1B0A-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 B1B0B-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER . . . . . . . . . . 80 page B1B0C-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 B1B0D-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 B1B0E-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 B1B0F-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER . . . . . . . . . . 97 B1B18-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 B1B19-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 B1B1A-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 B1B1B-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER . . . . . . . . . 114 B1B20-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 B1B21-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 B1B22-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 B1B23-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER . . . . . . . . . 131 B1B28-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . 135 B1B29-1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . 138 B1B2A-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . 141 B1B2B-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 B1B2C-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . 147 B1B2D-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . 150
8O - 2

. 153
WK
B1B91-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH . . . 266 B1B92-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 B1B93-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . 272 B1B94-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . 277 B1B97-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 B1BA5-AIRBAG SQUIB CONFIGURATION MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 B1BA6-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION UNDETERMINED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 B1BA7-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED . . . . . . 289 B1BA8-OCM SYSTEM OUT OF CALIBRATION/NOT CALIBRATED . . . . . . . . 292 B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH . . . 293 B1BB8-SRS WARNING INDICATOR STATUS MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 B1BBB-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INPUTS SHORTED TOGETHER . . 303 B1BBC-OCS NEGATIVE SYSTEM WEIGHT . 306 B1BBD-OCM CURRENT CONFIGURATION TABLE UNPROGRAMMED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 B1BC7-DEPLOYMENT DATA RECORD FULL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 B1BC8-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 B2101-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 B2102-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 B210D-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW . . . . . . . . 326 B210E-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH . . . . . . . . 330 B212C-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 B212D-IGNITION RUN ONLY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 B2201-CALIBRATION MISMATCH . . . . . . . . 344 B2205-ORIGINAL VIN MISSING/MISMATCH . 345 B2206-CURRENT VIN MISSING/MISMATCH . 346 B2207-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER INTERNAL 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 B2208-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER INTERNAL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 B2209-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER INTERNAL 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 B220A-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER INTERNAL 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 B220B-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER FIRING STORED ENERGY . . 353
B1B2E-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . B1B2F-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1B70-UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL . . . . B1B71-UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL . . . . B1B72-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL. . . B1B73-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL. . . B1B75-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL. . . B1B76-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL. . . B1B78-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1B79-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1B7A-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1B7D-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1B7E-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1B7F-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1B82-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR PERFORMANCE B1B83-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1B84-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1B87-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1B88-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1B89-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1B8C-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE . . . . . B1B8D-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 156 . 159 . 165 . 171 . 177 . 183 . 189
. 195
. 199
. 205
. 210
. 214
. 220 . 225
. 229
. 235
. 240
. 244
. 249 . 254 . 257 . 261
WK
B220C-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER ACCELEROMETER 1 INTERNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B220D-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER ACCELEROMETER 2 INTERNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B220F-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER CONTROL DRIVER 1 . . . . . B2210-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER CONTROL DRIVER 2 . . . . . B2212-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE INTERNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B223B-VEHICLE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B223D-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE DTC PRESENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U0019CAN B BUSOCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . U0019CAN B BUSORC ............. U0020-CAN B BUS OFF PERFORMANCEOCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U0020-CAN B BUS OFF PERFORMANCEORC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U0022-CAN B BUS (+) CIRCUIT LOW . . . . U0023-CAN B BUS (+) CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . U0026-CAN B BUS (-) CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . U0121-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . U0151-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U0154-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE . . U0155-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH CLUSTER/CCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U0156-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH EOM U0159-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH PARKING ASSIST CONTROL MODULE . . . U0164-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH HVAC CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U0167-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U0168-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH VEHICLE SECURITY CONTROL MODULE (SKREEM/WCM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U0169-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH SUNROOF CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . U0170-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UPFRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
8O - 3
. 355 . 356 . 357 . 358 . 360 . 362 . 363 . 366 . 369 . 372 . 375 . 375 . 375
. 375 . 375
. 375 . 375 . 375 . 375 . 376 . 376
. 376
. 376 . 376
U0171-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UPFRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 U0172-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 U0173-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 U0175-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 U0176-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 U0184-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 U0186-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH AUDIO AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 U0195-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH SDARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 U0196-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH VEHICLE ENTERTAINMENT CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 U0197-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH HANDS FREE PHONE MODULE . . . . . . . . . 413 U0199-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH DRIVER DOOR MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 U0200-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH PASSENGER DOOR MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . 413 U0208-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH HEATED SEAT CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . 413 U0209-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH MEMORY SEAT CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . 413 U1414-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING ECU CONFIGURATION DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 U1415-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING VEHICLE CONFIGURATION DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 U0212-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH SCM CAN-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 U0231-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH RAIN SENSING MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 U0241-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH AUTO HIGHBEAM HEADLAMP CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 *DIAGNOSIS AND CHECKOUT PROCEDURE FOR SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 *OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . . . . . . 421 *ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . . . . . . 423 SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . 424
. 377

DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
8O - 4
WK
B1203-SRS WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT/PERFORMANCE
WK
For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W.
8O - 5
B1203-SRS WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT/PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the CAN B bus for a message from the Instrument Cluster containing the airbag warning indicator status. The ORC requests the warning lamp status from the Instrument Cluster once every second. Set Condition: This DTC will set immediately if the indicator status is LOW or HIGH. Possible Causes INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTIVE DTCs ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
CHECK FOR AN ACTIVE DTC
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Select DTC type. Active Go To 2 Stored Go To 4
2.
CHECK FOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTCs With the scan tool, read Instrument Cluster DTCs. Does the scan tool display any Instrument Cluster DTCs? Yes >> Refer to the symptom list for problems related to the Instrument Cluster. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 3
No
3.
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the service information. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 6
WK
B1203-SRS WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT/PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)
4.
TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return, continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the active DTC in question. Does the scan tool display any ACTIVE DTCs? Yes No >> Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
WK
8O - 7
B1204-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW
8O - 8
WK
B1204-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) cannot detect voltage on the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit. Possible Causes (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATOR LAMP ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1204 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW IS ACTIVE
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool MRL 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1204 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 5
2.
CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTC B1204 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW WITH SWITCH BANK CONNECTOR DISCONNECTED
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Switch Bank connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, erase ORC DTCs. Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds, and then turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1204 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Passenger Airbag On/Off Indicator Lamp in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
3.
8O - 9

CHECK (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the ORC C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the appropriate Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC connector. Measure the resistance of the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit between ground and the ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes >> Repair the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit for a short to ground. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
No
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. View Repair Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the service information. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 10
WK
5.
WK
8O - 11
B1205-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH
8O - 12
WK
B1205-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) senses a low resistance to battery voltage on the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit. Possible Causes (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (F23) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PASSENGER AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATOR LAMP ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1205 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH IS ACTIVE
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool MRL 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1205 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 6
WK
2.
8O - 13

CHECK (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (F23) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT
WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. WARNING: If the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Remove the Airbag Run-Start Fuse from the PDC. Disconnect the ORC C1 and C2 connectors. Disconnect the OCM C1 connector. Disconnect the Switch Bank connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the appropriate Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC connectors. Measure the resistance between the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit and the (F23) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit in the Switch Bank connector. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes >> Repair the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit for a short to the (F23) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 3
No
3.
CHECK (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit. Is there any voltage present? Yes >> Repair the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit for a short to voltage. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
No
8O - 14
WK
4.
CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTC B1205 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH WITH SWITCH BANK CONNECTOR DISCONNECTED
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Remove the Load Tool ORC Adaptor from the ORC connectors. Reconnect the ORC C1 and C2 connectors. Reconnect the OCM C1 connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, erase ORC DTCs. Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds, and then turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1205 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Replace the Passenger Airbag On/Off Indicator Lamp in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
5.
REPLACE THE ORC
WK
6.
8O - 15

8O - 16
WK
B1206-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN
WK
8O - 17
B1206-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).
When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) cannot detect voltage on the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit. Possible Causes SWITCH BANK CONNECTOR DISCONNECTED (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN PASSENGER AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATOR LAMP ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1206 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN IS ACTIVE
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool MRL 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1206 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 6
2.
VERIFY THAT SWITCH BANK CONNECTOR IS CONNECTED Turn the ignition off. Gain access to the Switch Bank connector. Is the Switch Bank connected to the dash harness? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Connect the Switch Bank to the dash harness. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 18
WK
3.
CHECK (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPERATION Disconnect the Switch Bank connector. Connect a Test Light between the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit and the (F23) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit in the Switch Bank connector. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1206 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Replace the Passenger Airbag On/Off Indicator Lamp in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
4.
CHECK (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the ORC C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the appropriate Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC connector. Measure the resistance of the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit between the ORC Adaptor and the Switch Bank connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Repair the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
5.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 19

6.
8O - 20
WK
B1207-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER
WK
8O - 21
B1207-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: When the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) detects over current on the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit. Possible Causes (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (F23) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PASSENGER AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATOR LAMP ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1207 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER IS ACTIVE
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool MRL 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1207 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 6
8O - 22
WK
2.
CHECK (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (F23) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT
WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. WARNING: If the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Remove the Airbag Run-Start Fuse from the PDC. Disconnect the ORC C1 and C2 connectors. Disconnect the OCM C1 connector. Disconnect the Switch Bank connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the appropriate Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC connectors. Measure the resistance between the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit and the (F23) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit in the Switch Bank connector. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes >> Repair the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit for a short to the (F23 Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 3
No
3.
CHECK (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit. Is there any voltage present? Yes >> Repair the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit for a short to voltage. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
No
WK
4.
8O - 23

CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTC B1207 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER WITH SWITCH BANK CONNECTOR DISCONNECTED
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Remove the Load Tool ORC Adaptor from the ORC connectors. Reconnect the ORC C1 and C2 connectors. Reconnect the OCM C1 connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, erase ORC DTCs. Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds, and then turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1207 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Replace the Passenger Airbag On/Off Indicator Lamp in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
5.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 24
WK
6.
WK
8O - 25
B1B00-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW
8O - 26
WK
B1B00-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected low resistance on the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Possible Causes (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OR (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND STEERING CONTROL MODULE DRIVER AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool MRL 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test. NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery must be disconnected. Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ORC - STORED DTC Go To 6
WK
2.
8O - 27

CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B00 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 28
WK
3.
CHECK CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool Jumper from the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the Steering Control Module C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Steering Control Module C2 connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B00 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Replace the Steering Column Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
4.
CHECK (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT AND (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering Control Module C2 connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 844324 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between ground and the adapter. Measure the resistance of the (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between ground and the adapter. Is the resistance below 10K ohms for either measurement? Yes >> Repair the Driver Squib 1 circuit(s) for a short to ground. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 5
No
WK
5.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 29

WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery must be disconnected.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
6.
STORED ORC DTC With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present? Yes No >> Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
8O - 30
WK
B1B01-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
WK
8O - 31
B1B01-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected voltage on the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Possible Causes (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OR (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY STEERING CONTROL MODULE DRIVER AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
8O - 32
WK
2.
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B01 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
3.
8O - 33

CHECK CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the Steering Control Module C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Steering Control Module C2 connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B01 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Replace the Steering Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
4.
CHECK (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT AND (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering Control Module connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the adapter and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the adapter connector and ground. Is there any voltage present for either measurement? Yes >> Repair the Driver Squib 1 circuit(s) for a short to Battery. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 5
No
8O - 34
WK
5.
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery must be disconnected.
6.
STORED ORC DTC With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTCs in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present? Yes No >> Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
WK
8O - 35
B1B02-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
8O - 36
WK
B1B02-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Possible Causes (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN STEERING CONTROL MODULE DRIVER AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
WK
2.
8O - 37

CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B02 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 38
WK
3.
CHECK CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the Steering Control Module C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Steering Control Module C2 connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B02 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Replace the Steering Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
4.
CHECK (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering Control Module connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 844324 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the Steering Control Module connector and the ORC Load Tool Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Repair the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
5.
8O - 39

CHECK (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance of the (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the Steering Control Module connector and the ORC Load Tool Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 6 >> Repair the (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
6.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 40
WK
7.
WK
8O - 41
B1B03-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER
8O - 42
WK
B1B03-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected low resistance between the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Possible Causes (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT STEERING CONTROL MODULE DRIVER AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
WK
2.
8O - 43

CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B03 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 44
WK
3.
CHECK CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool ORC from the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the Steering Control Module connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. With the Steering Control Module Connector attached to the steering column, connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Steering Control Module C2 connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B03 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Replace the Steering Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
4.
CHECK (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering Control Module connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the resistance between the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit and the (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit at the adapter connector. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for a short to the (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 5
No
WK
5.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 45

6.
8O - 46
WK
B1B04-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW
WK
8O - 47

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected low resistance on the Driver Squib 2 circuits. Possible Causes (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND STEERING CONTROL MODULE DRIVER AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
8O - 48
WK
2.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B04 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool Jumper from the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the Steering Control Module C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Steering Control Module C2 connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B04 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Replace the Steering Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
4.
8O - 49

CHECK (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering Control Module connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit between ground and the adaptor. Measure the resistance of the (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuit between ground and the adaptor. Is the resistance below 10K ohms for either measurement? Yes >> Repair the Driver Squib 2 circuit(s) for a short to ground. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 5
No
5.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 50
WK
6.
WK
8O - 51
B1B05-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH
8O - 52
WK

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Driver Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected voltage on the Driver Squib 2 circuits. Possible Causes (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY STEERING CONTROL MODULE DRIVER AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: The Scan Tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool MRL 8443 and DVOM are required to perform the following test. NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery must be disconnected. Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ORC - STORED DTC Go To 6
WK
2.
8O - 53

CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B05 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the Steering Control Module C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Steering Control Module connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B05 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Replace the Steering Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 54
WK
4.
CHECK (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering Control Module connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit between the Steering Control Module connector and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuit between the Steering Control Module connector and ground. Is there any voltage present for either measurement? Yes >> Repair the Driver Squib 2 circuit(s) for a short to Battery. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 5
No
5.
REPLACE THE ORC
WK
6.
8O - 55

STORED ORC DTC With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTCs in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present? Yes No >> Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
8O - 56
WK
B1B06-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
WK
8O - 57

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Driver Squib 2 circuits. Possible Causes (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN STEERING CONTROL MODULE DRIVER AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
8O - 58
WK
2.
CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B06 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the Steering Control Module C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Steering Control Module connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B06 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Replace the Steering Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
4.
8O - 59

CHECK (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering Control Module connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit between the adaptor connector and the ORC Load Tool Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Repair the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit for an open.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 60
WK
5.
CHECK (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuit between the Steering Control Module connector and the ORC Load Tool Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 6 >> Repair the (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
6.
REPLACE THE ORC
WK
7.
8O - 61

8O - 62
WK
B1B07-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER
WK
8O - 63

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected low resistance between the Driver Squib 2 circuits. Possible Causes (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT STEERING CONTROL MODULE DRIVER AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: The Scan Tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool MRL 8443 and DVOM are required to perform the following test. NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery must be disconnected. Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ORC - STORED DTC Go To 6
8O - 64
WK
2.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B07 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool ORC from the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the Steering Control Module C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Steering Control Module connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B07 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Replace the Steering Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
4.
8O - 65

CHECK (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering Control Module connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the resistance between the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit and the (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuit at the adaptor. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit for a short to the (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuit. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 5
No
5.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 66
WK
6.
WK
8O - 67
B1B08-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW
8O - 68
WK
B1B08-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected low resistance on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Possible Causes (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OR (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
WK
2.
8O - 69

CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B08 PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT AND (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between ground and the adaptor. Measure the resistance of the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between ground and the adaptor. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit? Yes >> Repair the Passenger Squib 1 circuit(s) for a short to ground. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
No
8O - 70
WK
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
5.
WK
8O - 71
B1B09-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
8O - 72
WK
B1B09-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: When the ORC has detected voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Possible Causes (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OR (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY PASSENGER AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
WK
2.
8O - 73

CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B09 PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT AND (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the voltage of the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the adaptor and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the adaptor and ground. Is there any voltage present on either circuit? Yes >> Repair the Passenger Squib 1 circuit(s) for a short to battery. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
No
8O - 74
WK
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
5.
WK
8O - 75
B1B0A-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
8O - 76
WK
B1B0A-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Possible Causes (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN PASSENGER AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
WK
2.
8O - 77

CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B0A PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the Passenger Airbag Squib connector and the 8443 ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Repair the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 78
WK
4.
Measure the resistance of the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the Passenger Airbag Squib connector and the 8443 ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Repair the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
5.
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery must be disconnected. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
6.
8O - 79

8O - 80
WK
B1B0B-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER
WK
8O - 81
B1B0B-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected low resistance between the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Possible Causes (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT PASSENGER AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
8O - 82
WK
2.
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B0B PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the resistance between the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuit and the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit at the ORC adaptor. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for a short to the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
No
WK
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 83

5.
8O - 84
WK
B1B0C-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW
WK
8O - 85
B1B0C-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected low resistance on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. Possible Causes (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
8O - 86
WK
2.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B0C PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuit between ground and the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. Measure the resistance of the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuit between ground and the ORC adaptor. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit? Yes >> Repair the Passenger Squib 2 circuit(s) for a short to ground. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
No
WK
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 87

5.
8O - 88
WK
B1B0D-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH
WK
8O - 89
B1B0D-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected voltage on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. Possible Causes (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY PASSENGER AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
8O - 90
WK
2.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B0D PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the voltage of the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuit between the ORC adaptor and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuit between the ORC adaptor and ground. Is there any voltage present on either circuit? Yes >> Repair the Passenger Squib 2 circuit(s) for a short to battery. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
No
WK
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 91

5.
8O - 92
WK
B1B0E-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
WK
8O - 93
B1B0E-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. Possible Causes (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRUCIT OPEN PASSENGER AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
8O - 94
WK
2.
CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B0E PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuit between the Passenger Airbag Squib connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm? Yes No >> Go to 4 >> Repair the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
4.
8O - 95

CHECK (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance of the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuit between the Passenger Airbag Squib connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Repair the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
5.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 96
WK
6.
STORED ORC DTC With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Passenger Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present? Yes No >> Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
WK
8O - 97
B1B0F-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER
8O - 98
WK
B1B0F-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected low resistance between the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. Possible Causes (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT PASSENGER AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
WK
2.
8O - 99

CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B0F PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the resistance between the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuit and the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuit at the ORC adaptor. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuit for a short to the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuit. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go to 4
No
8O - 100
WK
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
5.
WK
8O - 101
B1B18-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW
8O - 102
WK
B1B18-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected low resistance of the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits. Possible Causes (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
WK
2.
8O - 103

CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B18 LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Left Side Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between ground and the ORC adaptor. Measure the resistance of the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between ground and the ORC adaptor. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit? Yes >> Repair the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuit(s) for a short to ground. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
No
8O - 104
WK
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
5.
STORED ORC DTC With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. IF only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present? Yes No >> Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
WK
8O - 105
B1B19-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
8O - 106
WK
B1B19-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected voltage on the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits. Possible Causes (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
WK
2.
8O - 107

CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B19 LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Left Side Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector. Measure the voltage of the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the ORC adaptor and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the ORC adaptor and ground. Is there any voltage present on either circuit? Yes >> Repair the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuit(s) for a short to battery. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
No
8O - 108
WK
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
5.
STORED ORC DTC With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off then disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present? Yes No >> Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
WK
8O - 109
B1B1A-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
8O - 110
WK
B1B1A-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits. Possible Causes (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
WK
2.
8O - 111

CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B1A LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Left Side Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector and the Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Repair the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 112
WK
4.
CHECK (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector and the Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Repair the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
5.
REPLACE THE ORC
WK
6.
8O - 113

8O - 114
WK
B1B1B-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER
WK
8O - 115
B1B1B-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected low resistance between the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits. Possible Causes (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
8O - 116
WK
2.
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B1B LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Left Side Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector. Measure the resistance between the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit and the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit at the ORC adaptor. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit for a short to the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
No
WK
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 117

5.
8O - 118
WK
B1B20-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW
WK
8O - 119
B1B20-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected low resistance on the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits. Possible Causes (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
8O - 120
WK
2.
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact undeployed curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B20 RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Right Side Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between ground and the ORC adaptor. Measure the resistance of the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between ground and the ORC adaptor. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit? Yes >> Repair the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuit(s) for a short to ground. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go to 4
No
WK
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 121

5.
8O - 122
WK
B1B21-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
WK
8O - 123
B1B21-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: When the ORC detects voltage on the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits. Possible Causes (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
8O - 124
WK
2.
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact uncoupled curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B21 RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Right Side Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector. Measure the voltage of the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the ORC adaptor and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the ORC adaptor and ground. Is there any voltage present on either circuit? Yes >> Repair the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuit(s) for a short to battery. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go to 4
No
WK
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 125

5.
STORED ORC DTC With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present? Yes No >> Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer
8O - 126
WK
B1B22-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
WK
8O - 127
B1B22-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: When the ORC has detects an open or high resistance on the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits. Possible Causes (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
8O - 128
WK
2.
CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact uncoupled curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B22 RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No >> Go to 3 >> Replace the Right Side Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector and the 8443 ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Repair the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
4.
8O - 129

CHECK (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance of the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector and the 8443 ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Repair the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
5.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 130
WK
6.
WK
8O - 131
B1B23-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER
8O - 132
WK
B1B23-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected low resistance between the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits. Possible Causes (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
WK
2.
8O - 133

CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place an intact uncoupled curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B23 RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER? Yes No >> Go to 3 >> Replace the Right Side Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector. Measure the resistance between the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit and the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit at the ORC adaptor. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit for a short to the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go to 4
No
8O - 134
WK
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
5.
WK
8O - 135
B1B28-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected low resistance on the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Possible Causes (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
CHECK FOR SHORTED DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B28 1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 136
WK
B1B28-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)
3.
CHECK (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit between ground and the ORC adaptor. Measure the resistance of the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit between ground and the ORC adaptor. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit? Yes >> Repair the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuit(s) for a short to ground. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
No
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
WK
5.
8O - 137
B1B28-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

8O - 138
WK
B1B29-1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: The ORC detects voltage on the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Possible Causes (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B29 1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
3.
8O - 139
B1B29-1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

CHECK (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector. Measure the voltage of the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector and ground. Is there any voltage present on either circuit? Yes >> Repair the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits with voltage present for a short to battery. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
No
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 140
WK
B1B29-1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)
5.
WK
8O - 141
B1B2A-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Possible Causes (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
CHECK FOR OPEN DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B2A 1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 142
WK
B1B2A-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)
3.
CHECK (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector and the 8443 ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Repair the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit for and open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
4.
CHECK (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance of the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector and the 8443 ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Repair the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit for and open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
5.
REPLACE THE ORC
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
6.
8O - 143
B1B2A-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

STORED ORC DTC With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present? Yes No >> Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
8O - 144
WK
B1B2B-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected low resistance between the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Possible Causes (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
SELECT ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
2.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B2B 1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
3.
8O - 145
B1B2B-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)
CHECK (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector. Measure the resistance between the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit and the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit at the ORC adaptor. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit for a short to the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
No
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 146
WK
B1B2B-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)
5.
WK
8O - 147
B1B2C-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected low resistance on the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Possible Causes (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
CHECK FOR SHORTED PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B2C 1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 148
WK
B1B2C-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)
3.
CHECK (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit between ground and the ORD adaptor. Measure the resistance of the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit between ground and the ORC adaptor. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit? Yes >> Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuit(s) for a short to ground. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
No
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
WK
5.
8O - 149
B1B2C-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

8O - 150
WK
B1B2D-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: The ORC detects voltage on the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Possible Causes (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B2D 1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
3.
8O - 151
B1B2D-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

CHECK (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the ORC adaptor and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit between the ORC adaptor and ground. Is there any voltage present on either circuit? Yes >> Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuit9s0 for a short to battery. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
No
4.
OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
8O - 152
WK
B1B2D-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)
5.
STORED ORC DTC With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present? Yes No >> Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer
WK
8O - 153
B1B2E-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Possible Causes (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
CHECK FOR OPEN PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B2E 1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 154
WK
B1B2E-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)
3.
CHECK (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector and the 8443 ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Repair the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
4.
CHECK (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance of the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit between the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector and the 8443 ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm? Yes No >> Go to 5 >> Repair the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
5.
REPLACE THE ORC
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
6.
8O - 155
B1B2E-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

8O - 156
WK
B1B2F-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: The ORC has detected low resistance between the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Possible Causes (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER ORC
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B2F 1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
3.
8O - 157
B1B2F-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)
CHECK (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO THE (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector. Measure the resistance between the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit and the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit at the ORC adaptor. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit for a short to the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go to 4
No
4.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 158
WK
B1B2F-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)
5.
WK
8O - 159
B1B70-UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL
8O - 160
WK
B1B70-UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL (CONTINUED)

For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) continuously communicates with the Front Left Impact Sensor over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and on board diagnostics are powered by the ORC signal. Set Condition: This code will set, if the ORC and the Front Left Impact Sensor do not establish and maintain valid data communications. Possible Causes (R79) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY (R79) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (R79, R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER (R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN (R79) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN ORC, FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B70-UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL IS ACTIVE
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B70-UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 9
WK
2.
8O - 161

CHECK THE (R79, R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL AND GROUND CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Front Left Impact Sensor connector. Disconnect the ORC connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal circuit and (R81) Sensor Ground circuit at the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and ground. Is there any voltage present? Yes >> Repair the (R79, R81) Front Left Impact Sensor circuits for a short to battery. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 3
No
3.
CHECK THE (R79) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Measure the resistance of the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and ground. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 4
No
8O - 162
WK
4.
CHECK THE (R79, R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER
Measure the resistance between the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal and (R81) Sensor Ground circuits at the Front Left Impact Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R79, R81) Front Left Impact Sensor circuits shorted together. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 5
No
5.
CHECK THE (R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant Restraint Control Module connector. Measure the resistance of the (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor Ground circuit between the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 6 >> Repair the (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor 1 Ground circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
WK
6.
8O - 163

CHECK THE (R79) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE Measure the resistance of the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Ground circuit between the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 7 >> Repair the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
7.
CHECK OPERATION OF THE FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR Replace the Front Left Impact Sensor. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available. Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes. Did the active Front Left Impact Sensor DTC return? Yes No >> Go To 8 >> Repair is complete. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
8O - 164
WK
8.
REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Information. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
9.
TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present? Yes No >> Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
WK
8O - 165
B1B71-UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL
8O - 166
WK
B1B71-UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL (CONTINUED)

For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) continuously communicates with the Front Right Impact Sensor over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and on board diagnostics are powered by the ORC signal. Set Condition: This code will set, if the ORC and the Front Right Impact Sensor do not establish and maintain valid data communications. Possible Causes (R80) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY (R80) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (R80, R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER (R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN (R80) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN ORC, FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B71-UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL IS ACTIVE
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B71-UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 9
WK
2.
8O - 167

CHECK THE (R80, R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL AND GROUND CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Front Right Impact Sensor connector. Disconnect the ORC connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuit and (R82) Sensor Ground circuit at the Front Right Impact Sensor connector and ground. Is there any voltage present? Yes >> Repair the (R80, R82) Front Right Impact Sensor circuits for a short to battery. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 3
No
3.
CHECK THE (R80) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the resistance of the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Front Right Impact Sensor connector and ground. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 4
No
8O - 168
WK
4.
CHECK THE (R80, R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER
Measure the resistance between the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal and (R82) Sensor Ground circuits at the Front Right Impact Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R80, R82) Front Right Impact Sensor circuits shorted together. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 5
No
5.
CHECK THE (R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant Control Module connector. Measure the resistance of the (R82) Front Right Impact Sensor Ground circuit between the Front Right Impact Sensor connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 6 >> Repair the (R82) Front Right Impact Sensor 2 Ground circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
WK
6.
8O - 169

CHECK THE (R80) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE Measure the resistance of the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Front Right Impact Sensor connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 7 >> Repair the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
7.
CHECK OPERATION OF THE FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR Replace the Front Right Impact Sensor. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available. Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes. Did the active Front Right Impact Sensor DTC return? Yes No >> Go To 8 >> Repair is complete. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
8O - 170
WK
8.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
9.
WK
8O - 171
B1B72-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL
8O - 172
WK
B1B72-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL (CONTINUED)

For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) continuously communicates with the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and on board diagnostics are powered by the ORC signal. Set Condition: This code will set, if the ORC and the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 do not establish and maintain valid data communications. Possible Causes (R13) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY (R13) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (R13, R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER (R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN (R13) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN ORC, LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B72-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL 1 IS ACTIVE
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B72-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 9
WK
2.
8O - 173

CHECK THE (R13, R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL AND GROUND CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Left front Impact Sensor 1 connector. Disconnect the ORC connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuit and (R15) Sensor Ground circuit at the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and ground. Is there any voltage present? Yes >> Repair the (R13, R15) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 circuits for a short to battery. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 3
No
3.
CHECK THE (R13) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the resistance of the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuit between the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and ground. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 4
No
8O - 174
WK
4.
CHECK THE (R13, R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER
Measure the resistance between the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal and (R15) Sensor Ground circuits at the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 connector. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R13, R15) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 circuits shorted together. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 5
No
5.
CHECK THE (R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant Control Module connector. Measure the resistance of the (R15) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Ground circuit between the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 6 >> Repair the (R15) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Ground circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
WK
6.
8O - 175

CHECK THE (R13) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE Measure the resistance of the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuit between the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 7 >> Repair the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
7.
CHECK OPERATION OF THE LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 Replace the Left Side Impact Sensor 1. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available. Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes. Did the active Left Side Impact Sensor 1 DTC return? Yes No >> Go To 8 >> Repair is complete. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
8O - 176
WK
8.
9.
WK
8O - 177
B1B73-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL
8O - 178
WK

Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B73-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL IS ACTIVE
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B73-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 9
WK
2.
8O - 179

No
3.
No
8O - 180
WK
4.
CHECK THE (R17, R19) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER
No
5.
WK
6.
8O - 181

7.
8O - 182
WK
8.
9.
WK
8O - 183
B1B75-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL
8O - 184
WK
B1B75-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL (CONTINUED)

For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) continuously communicates with the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and on board diagnostics are powered by the ORC signal. Set Condition: This code will set, if the ORC and the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 do not establish and maintain valid data communications. Possible Causes (R14) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY (R14) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (R14, R16) RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER (R16) RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN (R14) RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN ORC, RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B75-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B75-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 9
WK
2.
8O - 185

CHECK THE (R14, R16) RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL AND GROUND CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Right front Impact Sensor 1 connector. Disconnect the ORC connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (R14) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuit and (R16) Sensor Ground circuit at the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and ground. Is there any voltage present? Yes >> Repair the (R14, R16) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 circuits for a short to battery. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 3
No
3.
CHECK THE (R14) RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the resistance of the (R14) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and ground. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R14) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 4
No
8O - 186
WK
4.
CHECK THE (R14, R16) RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER
Measure the resistance between the (R14) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal and (R16) Sensor Ground circuits at the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 connector. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R14, R16) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 circuits shorted together. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 5
No
5.
CHECK THE (R16) RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant Control Module connector. Measure the resistance of the (R16) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Ground circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 6 >> Repair the (R16) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Ground circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
WK
6.
8O - 187

CHECK THE (R14) RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE Measure the resistance of the (R14) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 7 >> Repair the (R14) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
7.
CHECK OPERATION OF THE RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 Replace the Right Side Impact Sensor 1. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available. Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes. Did the active Right Side Impact Sensor 1 DTC return? Yes No >> Go To 8 >> Repair is complete. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
8O - 188
WK
8.
9.
WK
8O - 189
B1B76-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL
8O - 190
WK

Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY ACTIVE B1B76-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Does the scan tool display an active: B1B76-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 9
WK
2.
8O - 191

No
3.
Measure the resistance of the (R18) Right Side Impact Sensor 2 Signal circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 2 connector and ground. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R18) Right Side Impact Sensor 2 Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 4
No
8O - 192
WK
4.
No
5.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant Restraint Controller C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R20) Right Side Impact Sensor 2 Ground circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 2 connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 6 >> Repair the (R20) Right Side Impact Sensor 2 Ground circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
WK
6.
8O - 193

7.
8O - 194
WK
8.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death.
Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
9.
TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present? Yes No >> Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
WK
8O - 195
B1B78-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT PERFORMANCE
8O - 196
WK
B1B78-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: When CAN ignitions status is Run or SNA, during auto zero and while performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Set Condition: During the occupant classification verification test: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1.4 volts or greater than 3.6 volts. During auto zero: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1 volt or greater than 4 volts. Possible Causes PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED LEFT-FRONT PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DAMAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT STRUCTURE, RISER ASSEMBLY, CROSSMEMBERS, SEAT TRACKS, FLOOR PAN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, & BATTERY FAULTS IN THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults? Yes No >> Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Go To 2
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B78PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT PERFORMANCE IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B78PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT PERFORMANCE? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 5
WK
3.
8O - 197

INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES & CONNECTORS WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 4
4.
PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR PERFORMANCE DTCs? Yes >> Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No - But Other DTCs Present Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. No Active DTCs Present Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 198
WK
5.
TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return, continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the active DTC in question. Does the scan tool display any ACTIVE DTCs? Yes No >> Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
WK
8O - 199
B1B79-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW
8O - 200
WK
B1B79-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)
For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges. Set Condition: If the module detects that the sensor input is less than 3.4 .6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit voltage. This DTC will also set if the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit is shorted to ground. However, this condition would prevent communication with the OCM and cause a Lost Communication With OCM DTC to set in other modules. Possible Causes PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN (R726) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT OPEN LEFT-FRONT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B79PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B79PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 10
WK
3.
8O - 201
4.
VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY Verify that the Passenger Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Then, Go To 5
5.
CHECK IF MORE THAN ONE PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC IS ACTIVE Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTCs? Yes Yes No No >> More Than One PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC Is Active Perform the Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. >> Only DTC B1B79 Is Active Go To 6 >> Other DTCs Present Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 202
WK
6.
CHECK VOLTAGE OF (R726) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (R726) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit. Is the voltage above 4.8 volts? Yes No >> Go To 7 >> Go To 9
7.
CHECK (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R717) LT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit between ground and the OCM C2 connector. Is the resistance below 10k ohms? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 8
WK
8.
8O - 203
CHECK (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance of the (R717) LT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes >> Replace the Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. If DTC B1B79PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW returns active, replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >>
No
NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
9.
CHECK (R726) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R726) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >>
No
8O - 204
WK
10.
WK
8O - 205
B1B7A-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH
8O - 206
WK
B1B7A-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)
For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges. Set Condition: If the module detects that the sensor input is greater than 96 0.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit voltage. Possible Causes PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN LEFT-FRONT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B7APASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B7APASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 9
WK
3.
8O - 207
4.
VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY Verify that the Passenger Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
5.
CHECK IF MORE THAN ONE PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC IS ACTIVE Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTCs? Yes Yes No No >> More Than One PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC Is Active Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. >> Only DTC B1B7A Is Active Go To 6 >> Other DTCs Present Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 208
WK
6.
CHECK (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the voltage of the (R717) LT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit. Is the voltage above 0.2 volts? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 7
7.
CHECK (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT
Disconnect the Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector. Measure the resistance between the (R717) LT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit and the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 8
WK
8.
8O - 209
CHECK (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance of the (R728) Seat Weight Sensor Ground circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >>
No
9.
8O - 210
WK
B1B7D-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT PERFORMANCE
WK
8O - 211
B1B7D-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: When CAN ignitions status is Run or SNA, during auto zero and while performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Set Condition: During the occupant classification verification test: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1.4 volts or greater than 3.6 volts. During auto zero: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1 volt or greater than 4 volts. Possible Causes PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED RIGHT-FRONT PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DAMAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT STRUCTURE, RISER ASSEMBLY, CROSSMEMBERS, SEAT TRACKS, FLOOR PAN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B7DPASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT PERFORMANCE IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B7DPASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT PERFORMANCE? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 5
8O - 212
WK
3.
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES & CONNECTORS
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 4
4.
PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR PERFORMANCE DTCs? Yes No No >> Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. >> Other DTCs Present Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
5.
8O - 213

8O - 214
WK
B1B7E-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW
WK
8O - 215
B1B7E-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)
For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges. Set Condition: If the module detects that the sensor input is less than 3.4 0.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit voltage. This DTC will also set if the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit is shorted to ground. However, this condition would prevent communication with the OCM and cause a Lost Communication With OCM DTC to set in other modules. Possible Causes PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT-FRONT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B7EPASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B7EPASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 10
8O - 216
WK
3.
4.
VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY Verify that the Passenger Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Then, Go To 5
5.
CHECK IF MORE THAN ONE PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC IS ACTIVE Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTCs? Yes Yes No No >> More Than One PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC Is Active Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. >> Only DTC B1B7E Is Active Go To 6 >> Other DTCs Present Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
6.
8O - 217
CHECK VOLTAGE OF (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit. Is the voltage above 4.8 volts? Yes No >> Go To 7 >> Go To 9
7.
CHECK (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R718) RT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit between ground and the OCM C2 connector. Is the resistance below 10k ohms? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 8
8O - 218
WK
8.
CHECK (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (R718) RT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes >> Replace the Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. If DTC B1B7EPASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW returns active, replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >>
No
9.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >>
No
WK
10.
8O - 219
8O - 220
WK
B1B7F-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH
WK
8O - 221
B1B7F-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)
For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges. Set Condition: If the module detects that the sensor input is greater than 96 0.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit voltage. Possible Causes PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT-FRONT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B7FPASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B7FPASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 9
8O - 222
WK
3.
4.
VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY Verify that the Passenger Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
5.
CHECK IF MORE THAN ONE PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC IS ACTIVE Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTCs? Yes Yes No No >> More Than One PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC Is Active Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. >> Only DTC B1B7F Is Active Go To 6 >> But Other DTCs Present Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
6.
8O - 223
CHECK (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the voltage of the (R718) RT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit. Is the voltage above 0.2 volts? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 7
7.
CHECK (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT
Disconnect the Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector. Measure the resistance between the (R718) RT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit and the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 8
8O - 224
WK
8.
CHECK (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (R728) Seat Weight Sensor Ground circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >>
No
9.
WK
8O - 225
B1B82-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR PERFORMANCE
8O - 226
WK
B1B82-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: When CAN ignitions status is Run or SNA, during auto zero and while performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Set Condition: During the occupant classification verification test: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1.4 volts or greater than 3.6 volts. During auto zero: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1 volt or greater than 4 volts. Possible Causes PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED LEFT-REAR PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DAMAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT STRUCTURE, RISER ASSEMBLY, CROSSMEMBERS, SEAT TRACKS, FLOOR PAN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B82PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR PERFORMANCE IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B82PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR PERFORMANCE? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 5
WK
3.
8O - 227

4.
PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR PERFORMANCE DTCs? Yes No No >> Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. >> Other DTCs Present? Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 228
WK
5.
WK
8O - 229
B1B83-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW
8O - 230
WK
B1B83-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)
For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges. Set Condition: If the module detects that the sensor input is less than 3.4 0.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit voltage. This DTC will also set if the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit is shorted to ground. However, this condition would prevent communication with the OCM and cause a Lost Communication With OCM DTC to set in other modules. Possible Causes PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN (R726) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT OPEN LEFT-REAR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B83PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B83PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 10
WK
3.
8O - 231
4.
5.
CHECK IF MORE THAN ONE PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC IS ACTIVE Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTCs? Yes Yes No No >> More Than One PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC Is Active Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. >> Only DTC B1B83 Is Active Go To 6 >> Other DTCs Present?Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 232
WK
6.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (R726) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit. Is the voltage above 4.8 volts? Yes No >> Go To 7 >> Go To 9
7.
CHECK (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R705) LT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit between ground and the OCM C2 connector. Is the resistance below 10k ohms? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 8
WK
8.
8O - 233
CHECK (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance of the (R705) LT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes >> Replace the Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. If DTC B1B83-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW returns active, replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >>
No
9.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R726) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >>
No
8O - 234
WK
10.
WK
8O - 235
B1B84-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH
8O - 236
WK
B1B84-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)
For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges. Set Condition: If the module detects that the sensor input is greater than 96 0.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit voltage. Possible Causes PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN LEFT-REAR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B84PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B84PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 9
WK
3.
8O - 237
4.
5.
CHECK IF MORE THAN ONE PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC IS ACTIVE Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTCs? Yes >> More Than One PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC Is Active Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Only DTC B1B84 Is Active Go To 6 >> Other DTCs Present?Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
Yes No No
8O - 238
WK
6.
CHECK (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the voltage of the (R705) LT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit. Is the voltage above 0.2 volts? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 7
7.
CHECK (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT
Disconnect the Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector. Measure the resistance between the (R705) LT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit and the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 8
WK
8.
8O - 239
CHECK (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance of the (R728) Seat Weight Sensor Ground circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >>
No
9.
8O - 240
WK
B1B87-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR PERFORMANCE
WK
8O - 241
B1B87-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: When CAN ignitions status is Run or SNA, during auto zero and while performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Set Condition: During the occupant classification verification test: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1.4 volts or greater than 3.6 volts. During auto zero: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1 volt or greater than 4 volts. Possible Causes PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED RIGHT-REAR PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DAMAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT STRUCTURE, RISER ASSEMBLY, CROSSMEMBERS, SEAT TRACKS, FLOOR PAN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B87PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR PERFORMANCE IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B87PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR PERFORMANCE? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 5
8O - 242
WK
3.
4.
PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR PERFORMANCE DTCs? Yes No No >> Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. >> Other DTCs Present?Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
5.
8O - 243

8O - 244
WK
B1B88-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges. Set Condition: If the module detects that the sensor input is less than 3.4 0.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit voltage. This DTC will also set if the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit is shorted to ground. However, this condition would prevent communication with the OCM and cause a Lost Communication With OCM DTC to set in other modules. Possible Causes PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN (R726) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT-REAR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B88PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B88PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 10
WK
3.
8O - 245
B1B88-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)
4.
5.
CHECK IF MORE THAN ONE PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC IS ACTIVE Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTCs? Yes Yes No No >> More Than One PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC Is Active Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. >> Only DTC B1B88 Is Active Go To 6 >> Other DTCs Present?Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 246
WK
6.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (R726) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit. Is the voltage above 4.8 volts? Yes No >> Go To 7 >> Go To 9
7.
CHECK (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R706) RT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit between ground and the OCM C2 connector. Is the resistance below 10k ohms? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 8
WK
8.
8O - 247
CHECK (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance of the (R706) RT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes >> Replace the Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. If DTC B1B88PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW returns active, replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >>
No
9.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R726) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >>
No
8O - 248
WK
10.
WK
8O - 249
B1B89-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH
8O - 250
WK
B1B89-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)
For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges. Set Condition: If the module detects that the sensor input is greater than 96 0.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit voltage. Possible Causes PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT-REAR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B89PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B89PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 9
WK
3.
8O - 251
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES & CONNECTORS WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 4
4.
VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY Verify that the Passenger Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
5.
CHECK IF MORE THAN ONE PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC IS ACTIVE Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTCs? Yes Yes No No >> More Than One PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC Is Active?Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors >> Only DTC B1B89 Is Active Go To 6 >> Other DTCs Present? Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 252
WK
6.
CHECK (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the voltage of the (R706) RT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit. Is the voltage above 0.2 volts? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 7
7.
CHECK (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT
Disconnect the Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector. Measure the resistance between the (R706) RT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit and the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 8
WK
8.
8O - 253
CHECK (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance of the (R728) Seat Weight Sensor Ground circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >>
No
9.
8O - 254
WK
B1B8C-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE
WK
8O - 255
B1B8C-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges. Set Condition: If the module detects that the sensor input is between 8 and 12 mA. Possible Causes DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, BATTERY FAULTS, & SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH OR LOW FAULTS IN THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, battery faults, or Seat Track Position Sensor Circuit High or Low faults? Yes No >> Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Go To 2
2.
VERIFY THAT B1B8C-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B8C-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 4
8O - 256
WK
B1B8C-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)
3.
PERFORM SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR PERFORMANCE TEST With the scan tool, erase OCM DTCs. Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds and then turn the ignition on. Cycle the driver seat to the full forward position and then to the full rearward position. Return the driver seat to its approximate original position. Wait two minutes, and then with the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B8C-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE? Yes >> Replace the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) If DTC B1B8C-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE returns active, replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. >> Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
4.
TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from the OCM. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present? Yes No >> Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
WK
8O - 257
B1B8D-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
8O - 258
WK
B1B8D-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

For the Occupant Classification circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN and the module is configured for a Seat Track Position Sensor, the module checks the sensor input current ranges. Set Condition: If the module detects that the sensor input is less than or equal to 0.3 ma. This DTC may set when the current is between 0.3 mA and 2.0 mA. Possible Causes DRIVER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED DRIVER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN DRIVER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT, PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED (R261) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (R263) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (R261) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN (R263) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B8D-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B8D-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 7
WK
3.
8O - 259

INSPECT DRIVER SEAT HARNESS WIRES & CONNECTORS WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Driver Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 4
4.
VERIFY THAT DRIVER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY Verify that the Driver Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Driver Seat Harness routed correctly? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Reroute the Driver Seat Harness as necessary. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
5.
CHECK (R261) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-DRIVER CIRCUIT & (R263) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (R261) Seat Position Sensor Data-Driver circuit. Measure the resistance between ground and the (R263) Seat Position Sensor Voltage-Driver circuit. Is the resistance below 10k ohms on either circuit? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with the service information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 6
8O - 260
WK
6.
CHECK (R261) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-DRIVER CIRCUIT & (R263) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Disconnect the OCM C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R261) Seat Position Sensor DataDriver circuit between the OCM C1 connector and the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the (R263) Seat Position Sensor VoltageDriver circuit between the OCM C1 connector and the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor connector. Is the resistance of either circuit above 5.0 ohms? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the service information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
7.
WK
8O - 261
B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
8O - 262
WK
B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN and the module is configured for a Seat Track Position Sensor, the module checks the sensor input current ranges. Set Condition: If the module detects that the sensor input is greater than or equal to 20.5 mA. This DTC may set when the current is between 17 mA and 20.5 mA. Possible Causes DRIVER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED DRIVER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN DRIVER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT, PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED (R261) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (R263) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (R261) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R263) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-DRVER CIRCUIT DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 8
WK
3.
8O - 263

INSPECT DRIVER SEAT HARNESS WIRES & CONNECTORS With the scan tool, erase OCM DTCs. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Driver Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 4
4.
VERIFY THAT DRIVER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY Verify that the Driver Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Driver Seat Harness routed correctly? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Reroute the Driver Seat Harness as necessary. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
5.
CHECK FOR DTC B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH WITH DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR DISCONNECTED
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Wait two minutes, and then with the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 6 >> Replace the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor in accordance with the service information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 264
WK
6.
CHECK (R261) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-DRIVER CIRCUIT & (R263) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the OCM C1 connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (R261) Seat Position Sensor Data-Driver circuit. Measure the voltage of the (R263) Seat Position Sensor VoltageDriver circuit. Is the voltage above 0.2 volts on either circuit? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 7
7.
CHECK (R261) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R263) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-DRIVER CIRCUIT
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Measure the resistance between the (R261) Seat Position Sensor Data-Driver circuit and the (R263) Seat Position Sensor Voltage-Driver circuit. Is the resistance below 10k ohms? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with the service information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
8.
8O - 265

8O - 266
WK
B1B91-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH
WK
8O - 267
B1B91-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on the OCM monitors the Seat Track Position Sensors circuits. Set Condition: If the module detects current on the Seat Track Position Sensors circuits and the module is not configured for STPS. Possible Causes SENSORS WIRING OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT B1B91-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH IS ACTIVE
With the scan tool, erase OCM DTCs. Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds and then turn the ignition on. Wait 2 minutes, and then with the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B91-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 268
WK
B1B91-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)
3.
VERIFY WIRING Turn the ignition off. Inspect the driver and passenger seat wiring for Seat Position Sensors. Are Seat Position Sensor(s) present? Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
WK
8O - 269
B1B92-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE
8O - 270
WK
B1B92-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges. Set Condition: If the module detects that the sensor input is between 8 and 12 mA. Possible Causes DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, BATTERY FAULTS, & SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH OR LOW FAULTS IN THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, battery faults, or Seat Track Position Sensor Circuit High or Low faults? Yes No >> Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Go To 2
2.
VERIFY THAT B1B8C-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B8C-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 4
WK
3.
8O - 271
B1B92-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

PERFORM SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR PERFORMANCE TEST With the scan tool, erase OCM DTCs. Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds and then turn the ignition on. Cycle the passenger seat to the full forward position and then to the full rearward position. Return the passenger seat to its approximate original position. Wait two minutes, and then with the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B8C-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE? Yes >> Replace the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) If DTC B1B8C-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE returns active, replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. >> Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
4.
8O - 272
WK
B1B93-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
WK
8O - 273
B1B93-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

For the Occupant Classification circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN and the module is configured for a Seat Track Position Sensor, the module checks the sensor input current ranges. Set Condition: If the module detects that the sensor input is less than or equal to 0.3 ma. This DTC may set when the current is between 0.3 mA and 2.0 mA. Possible Causes PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT, PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED (R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (R264) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT OPEN (R264) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT OPEN PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B8D-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B8D-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 7
8O - 274
WK
3.
4.
5.
CHECK (R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT & (R264) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (R262) Seat Position Sensor Data-Passenger circuit. Measure the resistance between ground and the (R264) Seat Position Sensor Voltage-Passenger circuit. Is the resistance below 10k ohms on either circuit? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the service information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 6
WK
6.
8O - 275

CHECK (R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT & (R264) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Disconnect the OCM C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R262) Seat Position Sensor Data-Passenger circuit between the OCM C1 connector and the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the (R264) Seat Position Sensor VoltagePassenger circuit between the OCM C1 connector and the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor connector. Is the resistance of either circuit above 5.0 ohms? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the service information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 276
WK
7.
WK
8O - 277
B1B94-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
8O - 278
WK
B1B94-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN and the module is configured for a Seat Track Position Sensor, the module checks the sensor input current ranges. Set Condition: If the module detects that the sensor input is greater than or equal to 20.5 mA. This DTC may set when the current is between 17 mA and 20.5 mA. Possible Causes PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT, PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED (R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (R264) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R264) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B8E-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B8E-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 8
WK
3.
8O - 279

INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES & CONNECTORS With the scan tool, erase OCM DTCs. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 4
4.
5.
CHECK FOR DTC B1B8E-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH WITH PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR DISCONNECTED
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Wait two minutes, and then with the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B8E-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 6 >> Replace the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor in accordance with the service information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 280
WK
6.
CHECK (R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT & (R264) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the OCM C1 connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (R262) Seat Position Sensor Data-Passenger circuit. Measure the voltage of the (R264) Seat Position Sensor Voltage-Passenger circuit. Is the voltage above 0.2 volts on either circuit? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Go To 7
7.
CHECK (R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R264) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Measure the resistance between the (R262) Seat Position Sensor Data-Passenger circuit and the (R264) Seat Position Sensor VoltagePassenger circuit. Is the resistance below 10k ohms? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the service information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) No >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
8.
8O - 281

8O - 282
WK
B1B97-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH
WK
8O - 283
B1B97-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on the OCM monitors the Seat Track Position Sensors circuits. Set Condition: If the module detects current on the Seat Track Position Sensors circuits and the module is not configured for STPS. Possible Causes SENSORS WIRING OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
2.
VERIFY THAT B1B91-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, erase OCM DTCs. Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds and then turn the ignition on. Wait 2 minutes, and then with the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B91-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 284
WK
B1B97-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)
3.
VERIFY WIRING Turn the ignition off. Inspect the Passenger and passenger seat wiring for Seat Position Sensors. Are Seat Position Sensor(s) present? Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
WK
8O - 285
B1BA5-AIRBAG SQUIB CONFIGURATION MISMATCH
8O - 286
WK
B1BA5-AIRBAG SQUIB CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)

For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: If an Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) configured for vehicles without side airbags is installed in a vehicle with side airbags. Possible Causes POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1BA5 AIRBAG SQUIB CONFIGURATION MISMATCH IS ACTIVE
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1BA5 AIRBAG SQUIB CONFIGURATION MISMATCH? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 5
2.
VERIFY THAT VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (OCS) Vehicles equipped with a Occupant Classification System (OCS) will have a Passenger Airbag On/Off Indicator Lamp mounted to the dashboard. Verify that the vehicle is equipped with this indicator lamp. With the scan tool, select ECU View and check that the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) is active on the bus. Is the vehicle equipped with an Occupant Classification System (OCS)? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
3.
CHECK ORC PART NUMBER WITH SCAN TOOL With the scan tool, select ECU View, select ORC, select ECU Details, and read the ORC part number. Is the part number correct for the vehicle? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
WK
4.
CHECK VIN WITH SCAN TOOL With the scan tool, read the VIN. Is the correct VIN displayed? Yes No
8O - 287
B1BA5-AIRBAG SQUIB CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)
>> Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Replace the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) in accordance with Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
5.
8O - 288
WK
B1BA6-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION UNDETERMINED

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W.
When Monitored: With the ignition on or off. Set Condition: Because other DTCs have made occupant detection impossible. This DTC will set in addition to all sensor and module DTCs and will be erased when the repairs are completed. Refer to B1BA7OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED for the diagnostic test procedure.
WK
8O - 289
B1BA7-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED
OCS SEAT WEIGHTS MRL #9077
8O - 290
WK
B1BA7-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED (CONTINUED)

When Monitored: With the CAN ignition status as IGN_RUN, the module tries to detect potentially damaging events and monitors the CAN Bus for the X Impact messages (crash event causing one or more airbag or pretensioner to deploy) or upon detecting an Offset Event (if equipped). Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module detects a potentially damaging event or the X Impact messages from the CAN Bus input. Possible Causes B1BA7-OCS VERIFICATION REQUIRED DTC ACTIVE
Diagnostic Test
1.

CHECK FOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM) ACTIVE DTCs: ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS IGNITION FAULTS BATTERY FAULT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTCs
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs listed above? Yes No >> Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Go To 2
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1BA7OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED IS ACTIVE
With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1BA7OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 4
WK
3.
8O - 291
B1BA7-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED (CONTINUED)

PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST Verify that the passenger seat is empty. Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1BA7OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED? Yes >> Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No, But Other DTCs Present Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. No Active DTCs Present Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
4.
CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTC B1BA8OCM SYSTEM OUT OF CALIBRATION/NOT CALIBRATED With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1BA8OCM SYSTEM OUT OF CALIBRATION/NOT CALIBRATED? Yes No >> Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
8O - 292
WK
B1BA8-OCM SYSTEM OUT OF CALIBRATION/NOT CALIBRATED

For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is IGN_RUN or SNA. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module has initiated a rezero and did not successfully complete the system verification, a system verification routine has been aborted or a update option table from flash routine has been completed.
Diagnostic Test
1.
PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST Verify that the passenger seat is empty. Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs? Yes - B1BA8 DTC Returned Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. Yes - But Other DTCs Present Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. No - Active DTCs Present Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
WK
8O - 293
B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH
8O - 294
WK
B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)

For the Occupant Restraint System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is IGN_RUN. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the ORC is not configured for Occupant Classification Module and the OCM is active on the CAN Bus. Note: Because all ORCs are originally configured for the OCM the ORC must learn the not equipped with OCM state from the FCM. Possible Causes LOSS OF COMMUNICATION BEWEEN ORC AND FCM MISSING CAN BUS CONFIGURATION MESSAGE CORRUPT CONFIGURATION MESSAGE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)
1.
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraints Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display an active B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH DTCs? Active DTC Go To 2 Stored DTC Go To 5
2.
CHECKING FOR CORRUPT CONFIGURATION MESSAGE With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraints Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display an active U1414-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING ECU NETWORK CONFIGURATION DATA DTCs? Yes No >> Go To U1414-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING ECU NETWORK CONFIGURATION DATA DTC (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 3
3.
CHECKING FOR LOSS OF CAN BUS CONFIGURATION MESSAGE With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraints Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display an active U1415-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING VEHICLE CONFIGURATION DATA DTCs? Yes No >> Go To U1415-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING VEHICLE CONFIGURATION DATA DTC (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 4
WK
4.
8O - 295
B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)

CHECKING FOR LOSS OF COMMUNICATION WITH THE FCM With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraints Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display an active U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE DTCs? Yes No >> Go To U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE DTC (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 6
5.
VERIFYING STORED B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH DTC With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from the Occupant Restraint Controller. Turn the ignition off, and wait 15 seconds, then turn the ignition on. Wait one minute, and read active and stored codes. Does the scan tool display an active or stored B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH DTCs? Yes Yes No >> For active DTC-Go To 2 >> For stored-Go To 6 >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
6.
REPLACE THE ORC
8O - 296
WK
B1BB8-SRS WARNING INDICATOR STATUS MISMATCH
WK
8O - 297
B1BB8-SRS WARNING INDICATOR STATUS MISMATCH (CONTINUED)

When Monitored: After the Instrument Cluster bulb check is completed, the ORC compares the lamp request by the ORC (On or Off) and the Lamp On request by the Instrument Cluster (On or Off) Can bus messages. Each message is transmitted one time per second or when a change in the lap state occurs. Set Condition: If the lamp request by the ORC (On or Off), and the Lamp On by the Instrument Cluster (On or Off), messages do not match, this code will set. Possible Causes OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER, INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
Diagnostic Test
1.
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) DTCs. Select DTC type. Active Go To 2 Stored Go To 5
2.
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTCs With the scan tool, read Instrument Cluster DTCs. Does the scan tool display and active Instrument Cluster DTCs? Yes >> Refer to symptom list for problems related to the Instrument Cluster. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 3
No
8O - 298
WK
3.
CHECK THE ORC AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FOR LAMP STATUS With the scan tool view the Instrument Cluster Data Display. Cycle the ignition key and observe the SRS Indicator Lamp Request status (Set/Not Set) during the Instrument Cluster bulb check. With the scan tool view the ORC Data Display. Cycle the ignition key and observe the SRS Indicator Lamp Status (Lamp On/Lamp Off) during the Instrument Cluster bulb check. Did the Data Display information match the operation of the lamp? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the service information. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
4.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with the service information. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
5.
8O - 299

8O - 300
WK
B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT
WK
8O - 301
B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT (CONTINUED)

When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor supply. Set Condition: If the OCM detects that the sensor supply shorted. NOTE: A shorted supply circuit will cause a NO RESPONSE FROM OCM condition. Possible Causes OCS SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT DTC IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT? Yes No >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION REQUIRED procedure. >> Go To 2
2.
8O - 302
WK
B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT (CONTINUED)
3.
TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from the OCM. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present? Yes No >> Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
WK
8O - 303
B1BBB-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INPUTS SHORTED TOGETHER
8O - 304
WK
B1BBB-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INPUTS SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN. Set Condition: If the OCM detects any two sensors voltages below 20mV for 10 minutes while any other sensor is greater than 40mV. Note: 1 a/d count is equal to 5mV.NOTE: A shorted supply circuit will cause a NO RESPONSE FROM OCM condition. Possible Causes OCS SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT DTC IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1BBB-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INPUTS SHORTED TOGETHER ? Yes No >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the OCS VERIFICATION REQUIRED procedure. >> Go To 2
2.
WK
3.
8O - 305
B1BBB-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INPUTS SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from the OCM. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present? Yes No >> Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
8O - 306
WK
B1BBC-OCS NEGATIVE SYSTEM WEIGHT
WK
8O - 307
B1BBC-OCS NEGATIVE SYSTEM WEIGHT (CONTINUED)

When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges. Set Condition: If the module detects a seat weight sensor input with the total seat weight below -6.5 kg +/- 1kg. Possible Causes DAMAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT STRUCTURE, RISER ASSEMBLY, CROSSMEMBERS, SEAT TRACKS, FLOOR PAN OBJECT UNDER SEAT OR REAR SEAT FOLDED DOWN AND RESTING AGAINST PASSENGER SEAT OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
TEST CONDITIONS
ACTIVE INTERNAL DTC IGNITION DTC BATTERY DTC SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs listed above? Yes No >> Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Go To 2
2.
ACTIVE OR STORED DTC With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1BBCNEGATIVE SYSTEM WEIGHT? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 4
8O - 308
WK
B1BBC-OCS NEGATIVE SYSTEM WEIGHT (CONTINUED)
3.
PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST Verify that the passenger seat is empty. Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1BA8OCS NOT CALIBRATED DTC? Yes No No >> Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> But Other DTCs Present? Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> No Active DTCs Present? Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
4.
STORED B1BBC-OCS NEGATIVE SYSTEM WEIGHT DTC With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. IF only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present? Yes No >> Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
WK
8O - 309
B1BBD-OCM CURRENT CONFIGURATION TABLE UNPROGRAMMED

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: If the Configuration Table is not programmed at the supplier or when the checksum is invalid. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module was received unprogrammed from the supplier, the vehicle line was not identified correctly or if the flash procedure was not completed successfully Possible Causes NEW OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE INTERNAL CHECKSUM FAILURE
Diagnostic Test
1.
Yes No
MODULE CONFIGURATION
Does the scan tool display B1BBD-OCM CURRENT CONFIGURATION TABLE UNPROGRAMMED? >> Perform the B1BA7OCS VERIFICATION REQUIRED diagnostic procedure. >> Replace the Occupant Classification Module in accordance with the service information. With the scan tool, perform the OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION procedure.
8O - 310
WK
B1BC7-DEPLOYMENT DATA RECORD FULL

For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on. The modules on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit. Possible Causes OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
Diagnostic Test
1.
CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTC Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Is the Deployment Data Record Full DTC active? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1.
2.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. View repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with the service information. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1.
WK
8O - 311
B1BC8-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS PERFORMANCE
8O - 312
WK
B1BC8-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)
WK
8O - 313

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges. Set Condition: If the module detects the difference between 2 sensors is less than 3 A/D (15 mV) counts for 10 consecutive minutes while at least one sensor count is changing and greater than 8 A/D (40 mV) counts. Possible Causes OTHER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR FAULTS ACTIVE IN THE OCM PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS DAMAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT STRUCTURE, RISER ASSEMBLY, CROSSMEMBERS, SEAT TRACKS, FLOOR PAN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. NOTE: This DTC will take 10 minutes to mature, allow plenty of time for the code to mature between as you work through the test steps. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults? Yes No >> Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Go To 2
2.
VERIFY THAT DTC B1BC8PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS PERFORMANCE IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1BC8PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS PERFORMANCE? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 6
8O - 314
WK
3.
CHECK FOR OTHER ACTIVE PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR FAULTS IN THE OCM With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any other active Seat Weight Sensor DTCs? Yes No >> Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Go To 4
4.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present? Yes >> NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. No >> Go To 5
5.
PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR PERFORMANCE DTCs? Yes Yes No >> Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Other DTCs ACTIVE? Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
WK
6.
8O - 315

TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. NOTE: This DTC will take 10 minutes to mature, allow plenty of time for the code to mature between as you work through the test steps. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return, continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the active DTC in question. Does the scan tool display any ACTIVE DTCs? Yes No >> Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
8O - 316
WK
B2101-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT LOW
WK
8O - 317
B2101-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

When Monitored: While the CAN bus is RUN or SNA and the IOD status is IN. The module checks the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit voltage input range. Set Condition: With the ignition on, if voltage on the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit is equal to or below 6.25 0.25 volts. Within 60 seconds of turning the ignition off, if the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit is 2.4 to 5.0 volts. Possible Causes ORC - (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT OPEN ORC - (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND ORC - (F944) IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT OPEN ORC - OPEN IPM FUSE #29 OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC) OCS - (F200) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT OPEN OCS - (F200) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT SHORTE3D TO GROUNJD OCS - OPEN JB FUSE #19 OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B2101 IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT LOW IS ACTIVE IN THE ORC.
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B2101 IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 2
2.
CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTC B2101 IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT LOW IN OCM. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B2101 IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT LOW? Yes No >> Go To 6 >> Go To 11
8O - 318
WK
3.
INSPECT AIRBAG RUN-START FUSE (IPM #29) Turn the ignition off. Remove the Airbag Run-Start Fuse #29 from the IPM and inspect the fuse. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Is the Run/Start fuse open? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Go To 8
4.
CHECK (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT RESISTANCE
Measure the resistance of the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit between ground and the Airbag Run-Start fuse terminal (output side). Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Replace Airbag Run-Start Fuse. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
WK
5.
8O - 319

CHECK (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT RESISTANCE WITH ORC CONNECTORS DISCONNECTED
WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the both ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the Load Tool ORC 844324 Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit between 844324 adaptor and ground). Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes >> Repair the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit for a short to ground. Replace the Airbag Run-Start Fuse. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Replace the Airbag Run-Start Fuse. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
6.
INSPECT AIRBAG RUN-START FUSE (JB #19)
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Airbag Run-Start Fuse #19 from the Junction Block and inspect the fuse. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Is the Run/Start fuse open? Yes No >> Go To 7 >> Go To 10
8O - 320
WK
7.
CHECK (F200) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT RESISTANCE WITH OCM C1 CONNECTOR DISCONNECTED
WARNING: If the Occupant Classification Module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. Disconnect the OCM C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the (F200) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit between ground and the Occupant Classification Module C1 connector. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes >> Repair the (F200) Fused Ignition Switch Output (RunStart) circuit for a short to ground. Replace the Airbag Run-Start Fuse. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Replace the Airbag Run-Start Fuse. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
8.
CHECK (F944) IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the (F944) Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit at the Airbag Run-Start fuse terminal (supply side). Is the voltage above 6.0 volts? Yes No >> Go To 9 >> Repair the open (F944) Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
9.
8O - 321

CHECK (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Reinstall the Airbag Run-Start Fuse. Disconnect the both ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Install the Airbag Load tool ORC 844324 adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (RunStart) Circuit between the 844324 connector and ground. Is the voltage above 6.0 volts? Yes >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Repair the open (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
10.
CHECK (F200) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Reinstall the JB #19 Airbag Run-Start Fuse. Disconnect both Occupant Classification Module (OCM) connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (F200) Fused Ignition Switch Output (RunStart) Circuit between the OCM connector and ground. Is the voltage above 6.0 volts? Yes >> Replace the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Repair the open (F200) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit between the OCM and the splice. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
8O - 322
WK
11.
TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return, continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the active DTC in question. Does the scan tool display any ACTIVE DTCs? Yes No >> Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. >> No problem found Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
WK
8O - 323
B2102-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH
8O - 324
WK
B2102-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status is RUN or SNA and the IOD status is IN . The module checks the (F201) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit voltage input range. Set Condition: If the module detects that the ignition voltage is greater than 24.25 volts 0.25 volts for 10 seconds. Possible Causes VEHICLE CHARGING SYSTEM VEHICLE WIRING & HARNESS CONNECTORS OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B2102-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH IS ACTIVE
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B2102-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 3
2.
CHECK FOR CHARGING SYSTEM RELATED DTCs IN THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) With the scan tool in ECU View, select PCM and check for any Charging System related DTCs. Does the scan tool display any Charging System related DTCs? Yes No >> Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to (Refer to 9 - ENGINE - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING). >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
3.
8O - 325
B2102-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return, continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the active DTC in question. Does the scan tool display any ACTIVE DTCs? Yes No >> Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. >> No problem found Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
8O - 326
WK
B210D-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW
WK
B210D-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW (CONTINUED)
8O - 327
For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: OCM-While the CAN bus ignition status received is RUN or Signal Not Available (SNA), the module checks the (A27) Fused B+ circuit voltage input range and the (F200) Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit voltage input range. Set Condition: OCM-If the module detects that the battery voltage is less than or equal to 6.25 volts 0.25 volts. When Monitored: ORC-While the CAN bus ignition status received is RUN or Signal Not Available (SNA), the module checks the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (RUN/START) circuit and the (F100) Fused Run Relay Output (RUN only) circuit voltage input range. Set Condition: ORC-If the module detects that the battery voltage is less than or equal to 6.25 volts 0.25 volts on either the F20 or F100 circuits. Possible Causes OCM (A27) FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN OCM (F200) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN ORC (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN/START) CIRCUIT OPEN ORC (F100) FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN VEHICLE CHARGING SYSTEM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
Diagnostic Test
1.
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: Troubleshoot any PCM charging/cranking DTCs before proceeding. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) and the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Select module and DTC type. OCM Active Go To 2 OCM Stored Go To 4 ORC Active Go To 3 ORC Stored Go To 4
8O - 328
WK
2.
TEST THE VOLTAGE OF OCM (A27) FUSED B(+) AND (F200) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUITS.
WARNING: WARNING:To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the OCM C1 connector. WARNING: WARNING:To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage between Ground and the (f200) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit. Measure the voltage between Ground and the (A27) Fused B+ circuit. Is the voltage above 6.75 volts on both circuits? Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the service information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Repair the (A27) Fused B(+) and/or (F200) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuits for an open. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
3.
MEASURE THE VOLTAGE OF ORC (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN/START) AND (F100) FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT (RUN) CIRCUITS
WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the ORC C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the Load Tool ORC 844324 Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage between Ground and the F20 and F100 circuits. Is the voltage above 6.75 volts on both circuits? Yes >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Repair the appropriate circuit or circuits for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
WK
8O - 329
4.
TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return, continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the active DTC in question. Does the scan tool display any ACTIVE DTCs? Yes No >> Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. >> No problem found. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
8O - 330
WK
B210E-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH
WK
B210E-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH (CONTINUED)
8O - 331
For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: While the CAN bus ignition status received is RUN or Signal Not Available (SNA), the module checks the (A27) Fused B+ circuit voltage input range. Set Condition: If the module detects that the battery voltage is greater than or equal to 24.25 volts 0.25 volts for 10 seconds. Possible Causes VEHICLE CHARGING SYSTEM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
CHECK FOR AN ACTIVE DTC Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B210E-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 4
2.
CHECK THE BATTERY VOLTAGE TO THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE With the scan tool in Data Display, read OCM battery voltage. Is the battery voltage greater than 24.25 volts 0.25 volts? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
3.
CHECK FOR CHARGING SYSTEM RELATED DTCs IN THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) With the scan tool in ECU View, select PCM and check for any Charging System related DTCs. Does the scan tool display any Charging System related DTCs? Yes No >> Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to (Refer to 9 - ENGINE - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING). >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 332
WK
B210E-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH (CONTINUED)
4.
WK
8O - 333
B212C-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
8O - 334
WK
B212C-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition in the Run-Start position. Set Condition: If voltage on the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit drops below 6.0 volts. Possible Causes (F20) FUSED GNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT OPEN (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (F944) IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN IPM FUSE #29 OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B212C IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN IS ACTIVE IN THE ORC.
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. Record and erase all ORC DTCs. Wait 10 seconds. With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B212C IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 7
2.
INSPECT AIRBAG RUN-START FUSE
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Airbag Run-Start Fuse #29 from the Integrated Power Module and inspect the fuse. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Is the Run/Start fuse open? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Go To 5
WK
3.
8O - 335

CHECK (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT RESISTANCE Measure the resistance of the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit between ground and the Airbag Run-Start fuse terminal (output side). Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Replace Airbag Run-Start Fuse. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
4.
CHECK (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT RESISTANCE WITH ORC CONNECTORS DISCONNECTED
WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect both ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the Load Tool ORC 844324 Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit between the 844324 adaptor and ground). Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes >> Repair the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit for a short to ground. Replace the Airbag Run-Start Fuse. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Replace the Airbag Run-Start Fuse. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
8O - 336
WK
5.
CHECK (F944) IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage between Ground and the (F944) Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit at the Airbag Run-Start fuse terminal (supply side). Is the voltage above 6.0 volts? Yes No >> Go To 6 >> Repair the (F944) Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
6.
CHECK (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Reinstall the Airbag Run-Start Fuse. Disconnect the both ORC connectors. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Install the Airbag Load tool ORC 844324 adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (RunStart) Circuit between the 844324 connector and ground. Is the voltage above 6.0 volts? Yes >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Repair the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
WK
7.
8O - 337

TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return, continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the active DTC in question. Does the scan tool display any ACTIVE DTCs? Yes No >> Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. >> No problem found. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
8O - 338
WK
B212D-IGNITION RUN ONLY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
WK
8O - 339
B212D-IGNITION RUN ONLY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

When Monitored: With the ignition in the Run position. Set Condition: If voltage on the (F100) Fused Run Relay Output circuit drops below 6.0 volts. Possible Causes (F923) RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN (F100) FUSED IGNITION RUN RELAY CIRCUIT OPEN (F100) FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND IPM FUSE #30 OPEN B2122IGNITION RUN CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW RUN RELAY OPEN OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B212D IGNITION RUN ONLY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN IS ACTIVE
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. Read and erase all ORC DTCs. Wait 10 seconds. With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B212D IGNITION RUN ONLY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 9
2.
CHECK FOR ACTIVE B2122IGNITION RUN CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW IN THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER With the scan tool, read Instrument Cluster (CCN) DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B2122 DTCs? Yes No >> Go To (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/INSTRUMENT CLUSTER - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 3
8O - 340
WK
3.
INSPECT AIRBAG RUN CIRCUIT FUSE
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Airbag Run Circuit Fuse #30 from the IPM and inspect the fuse. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Is the fuse open? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Go To 6
4.
CHECK (F214) FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT RESISTANCE
Measure the resistance of the (F100) Fused Run Relay Output circuit between the Airbag Run Relay Output Circuit fuse #30 (output side) terminal and ground. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Replace Airbag Run Circuit Fuse. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
5.
8O - 341

CHECK (F100) FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT RESISTANCE WITH ORC C2 CONNECTOR DISCONNECTED
WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the ORC C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-24 Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (F100) Fused Run Relay Output circuit between 8443-24 adaptor and ground. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes >> Repair the (F214) Fused Run Relay Output circuit for a short to ground. Replace the Airbag Run Circuit Fuse. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Replace the Airbag Run Circuit Fuse. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
6.
CHECK (F923) RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the (F923) Run Relay Output circuit at the Airbag Run Circuit fuse terminal (supply side). Is the voltage above 6.0 volts? Yes No >> Go To 7 >> Go To 8
8O - 342
WK
7.
CHECK (F100) FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Reinstall the Airbag Run Circuit Fuse. Disconnect the ORC C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the Airbag Load Tool ORC 8443-24 Adaptor to the ORC C2 harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (F100) Fused Run Relay Output Circuit between the 844324 adaptor and ground. Is the voltage above 6.0 volts? Yes >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Repair the open (F100) Fused Run Relay Output circuit between the ORC module and the IPM.. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
8.
CHECK (F923) RUN RELAY INOPERATIVE OR OPEN OUTPUT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Junction Block C1 connector. Disconnect the Integrated Power Module C1 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Measure the resistance of the Run Relay Output circuit from the IPM to the Junction Block. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes >> Repair the (F923) Run Relay Output circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Replace the Junction Block (the relay is not replaceable). Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
WK
9.
8O - 343

8O - 344
WK
B2201-CALIBRATION MISMATCH
When Monitored: With the Ignition on. Set Condition: This DTC will be set when the VIN stored in the PCM does not match the VIN stored in the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC). The ORC does not support a stored B2201 DTC. Possible Causes INCORRECT PCM OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B2201-CALIBRATION MISMATCH IS ACTIVE Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Does the scan tool display active: B2201-CALIBRATION MISMATCH? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Test Complete.
2.
CHECK VIN IN PCM With the scan tool compare the VIN that is programmed into the PCM to the VIN stored in the ORC. Does the VIN programmed into the PCM match the VIN stored in the ORC? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the service information. Ensure the PCM is replaced with the correct vehicle line PCM. Perform (NGC) POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 5.
3.
WK
8O - 345
B2205-ORIGINAL VIN MISSING/MISMATCH

When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The Occupant Restraint Controller will receive and monitor the VIN message from the PCM and record the VIN if different from the last VIN. Possible Causes INCORRECT VIN PROGRAMMED IN PCM OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B2205-ORIGINAL VIN MISSING/MISMATCH Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Does the scan tool display active :B2205-ORIGINAL VIN MISSING/MISMATCH? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> If the DTC is stored, check for an intermittent condition. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
2.
CHECK VIN IN PCM With the scan tool compare the VIN that is programmed into the PCM to the VIN on the vehicle. Does the VIN programmed into the PCM match the vehicles VIN? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with Service Information. Perform the (NGC) POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1
3.
8O - 346
WK
B2206-CURRENT VIN MISSING/MISMATCH
WK
8O - 347
B2206-CURRENT VIN MISSING/MISMATCH (CONTINUED)

When Monitored: During power-up, the ORC and OCM monitors the CAN bus for the VIN message. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the VIN information received from the PCM is different from the stored VIN. Possible Causes INCORRECT VIN PROGRAMMED INTO THE PCM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM) OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)
Diagnostic Test
1.
CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTC
NOTE: Troubleshoot any Ignition, Battery, Seat Weight Sensor, or OCM Internal DTCs BEFORE proceeding NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. With the scan tool, read DTCs. Select the module and DTC type. OCM-Active Go To 2 OCM-Stored Erase code with scan tool, test complete. ORC-Active Go To 4 ORC-Stored Erase code with scan tool, test complete.
2.
CHECK THE VIN STORED IN THE PCM With the scan tool, compare the VIN that is stored in the PCM to the VIN of the vehicles VIN plate. Does the VIN stored in the PCM match the vehicles VIN? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace and Configure the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the service information. Perform (NGC) POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 5. Refer to (Refer to 9 - ENGINE - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING).
8O - 348
WK
B2206-CURRENT VIN MISSING/MISMATCH (CONTINUED)
3.
PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST Verify that the passenger seat is empty. Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B2206-CURRENT VIN MISSING/MISMATCH? Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No - But Other DTCs Present Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. No - No Active DTCs Present Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
4.
CHECK THE VIN STORED IN THE PCM With the scan tool, compare the VIN that is stored in the PCM to the VIN of the vehicles VIN plate. Does the VIN stored in the PCM match the vehicles VIN? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Replace and Configure the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the service information. Perform (NGC) POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 5. Refer to (Refer to 9 - ENGINE - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING).
5.
WK
8O - 349
B2207-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER INTERNAL 1

When Monitored: With the ignition on. The modules on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit. Possible Causes OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
Diagnostic Test
1.
REPLACE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, erase and read ORC DTCs. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. When this code is set, view repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1.
8O - 350
WK

Diagnostic Test
1.
WK
8O - 351

Diagnostic Test
1.
8O - 352
WK
B220A-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER INTERNAL 4

Diagnostic Test
1.
WK
8O - 353
B220B-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER FIRING STORED ENERGY

Diagnostic Test
1.
REPLACE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, erase and read ORC DTCs. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. When this code is set, view repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1.
8O - 354
WK
B220C-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER ACCELEROMETER 1 INTERNAL

Diagnostic Test
1.
WK
8O - 355
B220D-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER ACCELEROMETER 2 INTERNAL

Diagnostic Test
1.
8O - 356
WK
B220F-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER CONTROL DRIVER 1

Diagnostic Test
1.
REPLACE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, erase and read ORC DTCs. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. When this code is set, view repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1
WK
8O - 357
B2210-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER CONTROL DRIVER 2

Diagnostic Test
1.
REPLACE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, erase and read ORC DTCs. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. When this code is set, view repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1
8O - 358
WK
B2212-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE INTERNAL
WK
8O - 359
B2212-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE INTERNAL (CONTINUED)

When Monitored: While the IGN status is RUN or SNA, while the CAN bus system voltage is between 10 and 16 volts, and during the OCS Verification Test. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module detects an internal failure. Possible Causes OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE
Diagnostic Test
1.
PERFORM THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE VERIFICATION TEST
NOTE: Ensure that the passenger seat is empty. NOTE: Ensure that all seat and strain gauge sensor bolts are properly torqued. With the scan tool, erase OCM DTCs. Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds and turn ignition on. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Did the DTC: B2212-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE INTERNAL reset? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1.
2.
PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST Verify that the passenger seat is empty. Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs? Yes - B2212 is ACTIVE Replace the Occupant Classification Module in accordance with the service information. Yes - other DTCs ACTIVE Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms. No >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
8O - 360
WK
B223B-VEHICLE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH

For the Airbag circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The Front Control Module sends a message to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) that the vehicle is not equipped with an Occupant Classification Module (OCM) but the ORC is receiving OCM messages over the Can B bus. Possible Causes INCORRECT PCM OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC B223B-VEHICLE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH IS ACTIVE Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Does the scan tool display active: B223B-VEHICLE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> If the DTC is stored, check for an intermittent condition. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1
2.
COMPARE STORED VINS IN THE PCM AND ORC With the scan tool, read and record the VIN that is stored in the PCM. With the scan tool, read and record the VIN that is stored in the ORC. Do the VINs stored in the PCM and ORC match? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Ensure the PCM is replaced with the correct VIN.
WK
3.
8O - 361
B223B-VEHICLE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)

REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. View repair Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with the service information. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
8O - 362
WK
B223D-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE DTC PRESENT

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the ORC receives a bus message with the active OCM DTC Present bit set. Possible Causes ACTIVE DTC IN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)
Diagnostic Test
1.
ACTIVE OR STORED DTC With the scan tool, read the OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER active DTCs. Is the B223D-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE DTC active? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> With the scan tool, perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST VER-1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
2.
ACTIVE DTC IN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE With the scan tool, read the OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE active DTCs. Are there any active DTC present? Yes No >> Refer to the symptom list for problems related to the OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM). >> Go To 3
3.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
WK
U0019CAN B BUSOCM
8O - 363
8O - 364
WK
U0019CAN B BUSOCM (CONTINUED)

For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: Continuously Set Condition: Whenever the CAN B Bus (+) or CAN B Bus (-) circuit is open, shorted to voltage, or shorted to ground. Possible Causes ACTIVE U0019 CAN B BUS DTC IN FRONT CONTROL MODULE (D55) CAN B BUS (+) CIRCUIT OPEN (D54) CAN B BUS (-) CIRCUIT OPEN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY DTC U0019CAN B BUS IS ACTIVE Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: U0019CAN B BUS? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> If the DTC is stored, check for an intermittent condition by inspecting the related wiring harness for chaffed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires. Also, inspect the related connectors for broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Perform OCM VERIFICATION TEST VER 1.
2.
CHECK FOR ACTIVE CAN B BUS RELATED DTCS IN THE FRONT CONTROL MODULE (FCM) With the scan tool, read Front Control Module (FCM) DTCs Does the scan tool display any active CAN B BUS related DTCs? Yes No >> Diagnose and repair the DTC(s). (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULES DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 3
WK
U0019CAN B BUSOCM (CONTINUED)
8O - 365
3.
CHECK (D55) CAN B BUS (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the Occupant Classification Module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. Disconnect the OCM C1 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Front Control Module (FCM) C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the (D55) CAN B Bus (+) circuit between the Front Control Module C1 connector and the OCM C1 connector. Is the resistance below 2.0 ohms? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Repair the (D55) CAN B Bus (+) circuit for an open. Perform OCM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
4.
CHECK (D54) CAN B BUS () CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance of the (D54) CAN B Bus () circuit between the Front Control Module C1 connector and the OCM, C1 connector. Is the resistance below 2.0 ohms? Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Repair the (D54) CAN B Bus () circuit for an open. Perform OCM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
8O - 366
WK
U0019CAN B BUSORC
WK
U0019CAN B BUSORC (CONTINUED)
8O - 367
When Monitored: Continuously Set Condition: Whenever the CAN B Bus (+) or CAN B Bus (-) circuit is open, shorted to voltage, or shorted to ground. Possible Causes ACTIVE U0019 CAN B BUS DTC IN FRONT CONTROL MODULE (D55) CAN B BUS (+) CIRCUIT OPEN (D54) CAN B BUS (-) CIRCUIT OPEN OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY DTC U0019CAN B BUS IS ACTIVE Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: U0019CAN B BUS? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> If the DTC is stored, check for an intermittent condition by inspecting the related wiring harness for chaffed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires. Also, inspect the related connectors for broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
2.
CHECK FOR ACTIVE CAN B BUS RELATED DTCS IN THE FRONT CONTROL MODULE (FCM) With the scan tool, read Front Control Module (FCM) DTCs Does the scan tool display any active CAN B BUS related DTCs? Yes No >> Diagnose and repair the DTC(s). (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULES DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Go To 3
8O - 368
WK
U0019CAN B BUSORC (CONTINUED)
3.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. Disconnect the ORC C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the Load Tool ORC 844324 Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector. Disconnect the Front Control Module (FCM) C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the (D55) CAN B Bus (+) circuit between the Front Control Module C1 connector and the ORC C2 connector. Is the resistance below 2.0 ohms? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Repair the (D55) CAN B Bus (+) circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
4.
CHECK (D54) CAN B BUS () CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance of the (D54) CAN B Bus () circuit between the Front Control Module C1 connector and the ORC C2 connector. Is the resistance below 2.0 ohms? Yes >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Repair the (D54) CAN B Bus () circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
WK
8O - 369
U0020-CAN B BUS OFF PERFORMANCEOCM
8O - 370
WK
U0020-CAN B BUS OFF PERFORMANCEOCM (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: Continuously Set Condition: Whenever the CAN B Bus (+) or CAN B Bus (-) circuit is open, shorted to voltage, or shorted to ground. Possible Causes ACTIVE U0020 CAN B BUS DTC IN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (D55) CAN B BUS (+) CIRCUIT OPEN (D54) CAN B BUS (-) CIRCUIT OPEN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY DTC U0020CAN B BUS IS ACTIVE Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: U0019CAN B BUS? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> If the DTC is stored, check for an intermittent condition by inspecting the related wiring harness for chaffed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires. Also, inspect the related connectors for broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
2.
CHECK FOR ACTIVE CAN B BUS RELATED DTCS IN THE FRONT CONTROL MODULE (FCM) With the scan tool, read Front Control Module (FCM) DTCs Does the scan tool display any active CAN B BUS related DTCs? Yes No >> Diagnose and repair the DTC(s). (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULES DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING). >> Go To 3
WK
3.
8O - 371
U0020-CAN B BUS OFF PERFORMANCEOCM (CONTINUED)

CHECK (D55) CAN B BUS (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the negative battery cable. Disconnect the OCM C1 connector. Disconnect the Front Control Module (FCM) C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the (D55) CAN B Bus (+) circuit between the Front Control Module C1 connector and the OCM C1 connector. Is the resistance below 2.0 ohms? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Repair the (D55) CAN B Bus (+) circuit for an open. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
4.
CHECK (D54) CAN B BUS () CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance of the (D54) CAN B Bus () circuit between the Front Control Module C1 connector and the OCM C1 connector. Is the resistance below 2.0 ohms? Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Repair the (D54) CAN B Bus () circuit for an open. Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
8O - 372
WK
U0020-CAN B BUS OFF PERFORMANCEORC
WK
8O - 373
U0020-CAN B BUS OFF PERFORMANCEORC (CONTINUED)

For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: Continuously Set Condition: Whenever the CAN B Bus (+) or CAN B Bus (-) circuit is open, shorted to voltage, or shorted to ground. Possible Causes ACTIVE U0020 CAN B BUS DTC IN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (D55) CAN B BUS (+) CIRCUIT OPEN (D54) CAN B BUS (-) CIRCUIT OPEN OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY DTC U0020CAN B BUS IS ACTIVE Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: U0019CAN B BUS? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> If the DTC is stored, check for an intermittent condition by inspecting the related wiring harness for chaffed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires. Also, inspect the related connectors for broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
2.
CHECK FOR ACTIVE CAN B BUS RELATED DTCS IN THE FRONT CONTROL MODULE (FCM) With the scan tool, read Front Control Module (FCM) DTCs Does the scan tool display any active CAN B BUS related DTCs? Yes No >> Diagnose and repair the DTC(s). (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULES DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING). >> Go To 3
8O - 374
WK
U0020-CAN B BUS OFF PERFORMANCEORC (CONTINUED)
3.
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the negative battery cable. Disconnect the OCM C1 connector. Disconnect the Front Control Module (FCM) C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the (D55) CAN B Bus (+) circuit between the Front Control Module C1 connector and the ORC C2 connector. Is the resistance below 2.0 ohms? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Repair the (D55) CAN B Bus (+) circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
4.
CHECK (D54) CAN B BUS () CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance of the (D54) CAN B Bus () circuit between the Front Control Module C1 connector and the ORC C2 connector. Is the resistance below 2.0 ohms? Yes >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) >> Repair the (D54) CAN B Bus () circuit for an open. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)
No
WK
U0022-CAN B BUS (+) CIRCUIT LOW
8O - 375
(Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULES - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) for the diagnostic test procedure.
U0023-CAN B BUS (+) CIRCUIT HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULES - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) for the diagnostic test procedure.
U0026-CAN B BUS (-) CIRCUIT HIGH

U0121-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) CONTROL MODULE

U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE

U0151-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

U0154-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE

U0155-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH CLUSTER/CCN

U0156-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH EOM

8O - 376
WK
U0159-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH PARKING ASSIST CONTROL MODULE

U0164-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH HVAC CONTROL MODULE

U0167-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER CONTROL MODULE

U0168-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH VEHICLE SECURITY CONTROL MODULE (SKREEM/WCM)

U0169-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH SUNROOF CONTROL MODULE

WK
8O - 377
U0170-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR
8O - 378
WK
U0170-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR (CONTINUED)

For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) continuously communicates with the Front Left Impact Sensor over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and on board diagnostics are powered by the ORC signal. Set Condition: This code will set, if the ORC and the Front Left Impact Sensor do not establish and maintain valid data communications. Possible Causes (R79) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY (R79) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (R79, R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER (R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN (R79) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN ORC, FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC U0170-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR IS ACTIVE
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active:U0170-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 9
WK
2.
8O - 379

CHECK THE (R79, R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL AND GROUND CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Front Left Impact Sensor connector. Disconnect the ORC connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal circuit and (R81) Sensor Ground circuit at the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and ground. Is there any voltage present? Yes >> Repair the (R79, R81) Front Left Impact Sensor circuits for a short to battery. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 3
No
3.
CHECK THE (R79) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Measure the resistance of the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and ground. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 4
No
8O - 380
WK
4.
CHECK THE (R79, R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER
Measure the resistance between the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal and (R81) Sensor Ground circuits at the Front Left Impact Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R79, R81) Front Left Impact Sensor circuits shorted together. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 5
No
5.
CHECK THE (R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant Restraint Control Module connector. Measure the resistance of the (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor Ground circuit between the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 6 >> Repair the (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor 1 Ground circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
WK
6.
8O - 381

CHECK THE (R79) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE Measure the resistance of the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Ground circuit between the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 7 >> Repair the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
7.
CHECK OPERATION OF THE FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR Replace the Front Left Impact Sensor. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available. Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes. Did the active Front Left Impact Sensor DTC return? Yes No >> Go To 8 >> Repair is complete. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
8O - 382
WK
8.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. View repair Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Information. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
9.
WK
8O - 383
U0171-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR
8O - 384
WK
U0171-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR (CONTINUED)

For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS). For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) continuously communicates with the Front Right Impact Sensor over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and on board diagnostics are powered by the ORC signal. Set Condition: This code will set, if the ORC and the Front Right Impact Sensor do not establish and maintain valid data communications. Possible Causes (R80) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY (R80) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (R80, R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER (R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN (R80) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN ORC, FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR
Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC U0171-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR IS ACTIVE
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: U0171-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 9
WK
2.
8O - 385

CHECK THE (R80, R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL AND GROUND CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the Front Right Impact Sensor connector. Disconnect the ORC connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the voltage of the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuit and (R82) Sensor Ground circuit at the Front Right Impact Sensor connector and ground. Is there any voltage present? Yes >> Repair the (R80, R82) Front Right Impact Sensor circuits for a short to battery. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 3
No
3.
CHECK THE (R80) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the resistance of the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Front Right Impact Sensor connector and ground. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 4
No
8O - 386
WK
4.
CHECK THE (R80, R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER
Measure the resistance between the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal and (R82) Sensor Ground circuits at the Front Right Impact Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R80, R82) Front Right Impact Sensor circuits shorted together. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 5
No
5.
CHECK THE (R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant Control Module connector. Measure the resistance of the (R82) Front Right Impact Sensor Ground circuit between the Front Right Impact Sensor connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 6 >> Repair the (R82) Front Right Impact Sensor 2 Ground circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
WK
6.
8O - 387

CHECK THE (R80) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE Measure the resistance of the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Front Right Impact Sensor connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 7 >> Repair the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
7.
CHECK OPERATION OF THE FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR Replace the Front Right Impact Sensor. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available. Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes. Did the active Front Right Impact Sensor DTC return? Yes No >> Go To 8 >> Repair is complete. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
8O - 388
WK
8.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. View repair Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
9.
WK
8O - 389
U0172-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1
8O - 390
WK
U0172-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 (CONTINUED)

Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC U0172-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 IS ACTIVE
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: U0172-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 9
WK
2.
8O - 391

No
3.
No
8O - 392
WK
4.
CHECK THE (R13, R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER
No
5.
WK
6.
8O - 393

7.
8O - 394
WK
8.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
9.
WK
8O - 395
U0173-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2
8O - 396
WK

Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC U0173-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 IS ACTIVE
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: U0173-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 9
WK
2.
8O - 397

No
3.
No
8O - 398
WK
4.
CHECK THE (R17, R19) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER
No
5.
WK
6.
8O - 399

7.
8O - 400
WK
8.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
9.
WK
8O - 401
U0175-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1
8O - 402
WK
U0175-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 (CONTINUED)

Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY THAT DTC U0175-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: U0175- LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 9
WK
2.
8O - 403

No
3.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn ignition on, then reconnect the battery. Measure the resistance of the (R14) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and ground. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R14) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 4
No
8O - 404
WK
4.
No
5.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant Control Module connector. Measure the resistance of the (R16) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Ground circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 6 >> Repair the (R16) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Ground circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
WK
6.
8O - 405

7.
8O - 406
WK
8.
9.
WK
8O - 407
U0176-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2
8O - 408
WK

Diagnostic Test
1.
VERIFY ACTIVE DTC U0176-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Does the scan tool display an active: U0176-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Go To 9
WK
2.
8O - 409

No
3.
Measure the resistance of the (R18) Right Side Impact Sensor 2 Signal circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 2 connector and ground. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes >> Repair the (R18) Right Side Impact Sensor 2 Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. >> Go To 4
No
8O - 410
WK
4.
No
5.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant Restraint Controller C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R20) Right Side Impact Sensor 2 Ground circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 2 connector and the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No >> Go To 6 >> Repair the (R20) Right Side Impact Sensor 2 Ground circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
WK
6.
8O - 411

7.
8O - 412
WK
8.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. View Repair Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
9.
TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery. With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present? Yes No >> Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List. >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
WK
8O - 413
U0184-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH RADIO

(Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULES - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) for the diagnostic test procedure.
U0186-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH AUDIO AMPLIFIER

U0195-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH SDARS

U0196-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH VEHICLE ENTERTAINMENT CONTROL MODULE

U0197-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH HANDS FREE PHONE MODULE

U0199-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH DRIVER DOOR MODULE

U0200-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH PASSENGER DOOR MODULE

U0208-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH HEATED SEAT CONTROL MODULE

U0209-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH MEMORY SEAT CONTROL MODULE

8O - 414
WK
U1414-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING ECU CONFIGURATION DATA

For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULES - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) for the diagnostic test procedure. For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on. The ORC on board diagnostics continuously monitors the CAN Bus message from the FCM containing the ORC Configuration Data. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the appropriate CAN Bus message is not received by the ORC. Possible Causes FRONT CONTROL MODULE
Diagnostic Test
1.
FRONT CONTROL MODULE FAILURE Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read FCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display any Front Control Module DTCs? Yes No >> Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. Repair all FCM active DTCs and before diagnosing the ORC DTCs. >> Replace the Front Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1
WK
8O - 415
U1415-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING VEHICLE CONFIGURATION DATA

(Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULES - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) for the diagnostic test procedure. For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W. When Monitored: With the ignition on. The ORC on board diagnostics loads the ORC Configuration Data from the FCM CAN Bus message. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the CAN Bus message was received but the information is invalid or corrupt. Possible Causes OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)
Diagnostic Test
1.
OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death. Disconnect the ORC harness connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery must be disconnected.
Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Information.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1
8O - 416
WK
U0212-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH SCM - CAN-B

U0231-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH RAIN SENSING MODULE

U0241-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH AUTO HIGHBEAM HEADLAMP CONTROL MODULE

WK
8O - 417
*DIAGNOSIS AND CHECKOUT PROCEDURE FOR SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS
8O - 418
WK
*DIAGNOSIS AND CHECKOUT PROCEDURE FOR SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS (CONTINUED)
1.
VERIFY COMPLAINT Turn the ignition off. Move the front passenger seat to the full rear position. Verify that the seat is empty, the seat back is in the normal upright position, and that the seat is not interfering with any interior components. Verify that all related connectors are properly seated and locked. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool in OCM, select Data Display and note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors (Left Front, Right Front, Left Rear and Right Rear). Move the front passenger seat to the mid track position. Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. Move the front passenger seat to the full forward position. Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. The voltage should be from 1.4 to 3.6 volts for each sensor in each position (full rear, mid track, and full forward). Is any sensors voltage reading out of the acceptable range in any position? Yes No >> Go To 2 >> Perform test B1BA7 Occupant Classification System Verification Required. If the test passes, the seat weight sensing system is working properly. Return to the procedure that directed you to this procedure.
2.
CHECKING FOR BENT FLOOR PAN Turn the ignition off. Loosen all of the mounting screws retaining the front passenger seat to the vehicle crossmembers, but do not remove them. Verify that the seat is loose and that no binding exists between the seat and the crossmembers. Move the front passenger seat to the full rear position and then to the full forward position. Tighten all of the mounting screws to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. Move the front passenger seat to the full rear position. Turn the ignition on. Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. Move the front passenger seat to the mid track position. Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. Move the front passenger seat to the full forward position. Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. The voltage should be from 1.4 to 3.6 volts for each sensor in each position. Is any sensors voltage reading out of the acceptable range in any position? Yes No >> Go To 3 >> Perform test B1BA7 Occupant Classification System Verification Required. If the test passes, the seat weight sensing system is working properly. Return to the procedure that directed you to this procedure.
WK
3.
8O - 419

CHECKING SEAT TO RISER STRESS Turn the ignition off. Loosen all of the mounting screws retaining the front passenger seat track to the riser, but do not remove them. Verify that the seat track is loose and that no binding exists between the seat track and the risers. Turn the ignition on. Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. The voltage should be from 1.5 to 3.5 volts for each sensor. Is any sensors voltage reading out of the acceptable range? Yes No >> Go To 4 >> Visually inspect for damaged or bent risers and crossmembers. Also, verify that the riser holes line up with the seat mounts in the crossmembers. If riser damage is apparent, replace the risers in accordance with the Service Information. Then, reinstall the Seat Weight Sensors, and Go To 6.
NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. If crossmember or floorpan damage is present, repair or replace the components as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Reinstall the seat in the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the directions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, Go To 1.
4.
TEST SEAT FRAME Turn the ignition off. Remove the front passenger seat from the risers in accordance with the Service Information. Return the risers to their normal mounting position. Turn the ignition on. Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. The voltage should be from 1.4 to 3.6 volts for each sensor. Is any sensors voltage reading out of the acceptable range? Yes No >> Go To 5 >> Visually inspect for damaged or bent risers, a damaged or bent seat and seat structure, and damaged or bent seat tracks. Also, verify that the holes in the center of the sensors line up with the seat track holes and that the seat track position locating tabs are locked in the same parallel slots. If riser damage is apparent, replace the risers in accordance with the Service Information. Then, reinstall the Seat Weight Sensors, and Go To 6. If seat or seat track damage is present, replace the components as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Then, Go To 7
8O - 420
WK
5.
TEST SENSOR Turn the ignition off. Loosen the mounting screws of all of the Seat Weight Sensors, but do not remove them. Verify that the sensors are loose and that no binding exists between the sensors and the risers. Turn the ignition on. Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. The voltage should be from 1.4 to 3.6 volts for each sensor. Is any sensors voltage reading out of the acceptable range? Yes No >> Replace any Seat Weight Sensors that have an unacceptable voltage reading in accordance with the Service Information. Then, Go To 6. >> Replace the risers in accordance with the Service Information. Then, reinstall the Seat Weight Sensors, and Go To 6
6.
CHECKING FOR IMPROPER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR TORQUE Turn the ignition off. Tighten all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS. Turn the ignition on. Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. The voltage should be from 1.4 to 3.6 volts for each sensor. Is any sensors voltage reading out of the acceptable range? Yes No >> Loosen the mounting screws of all Seat Weight Sensors with an unacceptable voltage reading, and repeat Steps 5 and 6. >> Go To 7
7.
TEST SEAT TRACKS Turn the ignition off. Mount the front passenger seat on the risers in accordance with service information. Turn the ignition on. Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. The voltage should be from 1.4 to 3.6 volts for each sensor. Is any sensors voltage reading out of the acceptable range? Yes No >> Replace the seat track in accordance with the Service Information. Verify that no binding exists between the seat and risers. Then, repeat Steps 6 and 7. >>
NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: Verify That All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait 30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; Only Press Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test To Completion. Reinstall the seat in the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed by the scan tool. When the test is complete, Go To 1
WK
*OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1
8O - 421
8O - 422
WK
*OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 (CONTINUED)

1.
*OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 1. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery. WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNITION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. 2. Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available. 3. With the scan tool to erase stored DTCs in all airbag system modules. 4. Turn the ignition off, and wait 15 seconds, then turn the ignition on. 5. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes. 6. Note: Read the DTCs in all airbag system related modules. 7. If the scan tool shows any active or stored codes, return to the Table of Content and follow path specified for that trouble code. If no active or stored codes are present, the repair is complete. Are any DTCs present or is the original condition still present? Yes No >> Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom list. >> Repair is complete.
WK
*ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1
8O - 423
1.
*ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 1. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery. WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNITION ON THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. 2. Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available. 3. With the scan tool to erase stored DTCs in all airbag system modules. 4. Turn the ignition off, and wait 15 seconds, then turn the ignition on. 5. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes. 6. Note: If equipped with Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTCs in all switch positions. 7. Note: Read the DTCs in all airbag system related modules. 8. If the scan tool shows any active or stored codes, return to the Table of Contents and follow path specified for that trouble code. If no active or stored codes are present, the repair is complete. Are any DTCs present or is the original condition still present? Yes No >> Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom list. >> Repair is complete.
8O - 424
WK
SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS
WK
8O - 425
8O - 426
WK
WK
RESTRAINTS - SERVICE INFORMATION
8O - 427

TABLE OF CONTENTS
page page SIDE - C-PILLAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MODULE-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PASSENGER AIRBAG DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PASS AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATOR DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEAT BELT BUCKLE REMOVAL FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAR ....................... INSTALLATION FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAR ....................... SEAT BELT & RETRACTOR REMOVAL FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAR OUTBOARD ............. REAR CENTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAR OUTBOARD ............. REAR CENTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEAT BELT SWITCH DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEAT BELT TENSIONER DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEAT BELT TURNING LOOP ADJUSTER REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461 . 461 . 462 . 463
RESTRAINTS - SERVICE INFORMATION DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WARNING WARNINGS - RESTRAINT SYSTEM . DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM STANDARD PROCEDURE HANDLING NON-DEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS . . . . . SERVICE AFTER A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT . . . . . . . . SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS VERIFICATION TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHOR DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLOCKSPRING DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STANDARD PROCEDURE CLOCKSPRING CENTERING . . . . . . . CURTAIN AIRBAG DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRIVER AIRBAG DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IMPACT SENSOR DESCRIPTION FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPERATION FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REMOVAL FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SIDE - B-PILLAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SIDE - C-PILLAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SIDE - B-PILLAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . 428 . . . . . 431 . . . . . 433 . . . . 434
. . . . . 434 . . . . . 434 . . . . . 436 . . . . . 438 . . . . . 439 . . . . . 440 . . . . . 440 . . . . . 441 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 . 443 . 443 . 445 . 447 . 448 . 448 . 449 . 451 . 452
. . . . . . 463 . . . . . . 465 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 . 468 . 468 . 470
. . . . . . 472 . . . . . . 472
. . . . . . 473 . . . . . . 474 . . . . . . 475 . . . . . . 476
. . . . . . 476 . . . . . . 478 . . . . . . 479 . . . . . . 480 . . . . . . 481 . . . . . . 482 . . . . . . 484 . . . . . . 484 . . . . . . 485 . . . . . . 485 . . . . . . 486 . . . . . . 487 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 . 488 . 488 . 489
. . . . . 454 . . . . . 454 . . . . . 455 . . . . . 455 . . . . . 455 . . . . . 456 . . . . . 457 . . . . . 458 . . . . . 459
8O - 428
WK

DESCRIPTION
An occupant restraint system is standard factory-installed safety equipment on this model. Available occupant restraints for this model include both active and passive types. Active restraints are those which require the vehicle occupants to take some action to employ, such as fastening a seat belt; while passive restraints require no action by the vehicle occupants to be employed.
ACTIVE RESTRAINTS
The active restraints for this model include: Front Seat Belts - Both front seating positions are equipped with three-point seat belt systems employing a lower B-pillar mounted inertia latch-type emergency locking retractors, height-adjustable upper B-pillar mounted turning loops, a traveling lower seat belt anchor secured to the outboard side of the seat frame, and a traveling end-release seat belt buckle secured to the inboard side of the seat frame. The driver side front seat belt buckle includes an integral Hall-effect seat belt switch that detects whether the driver side front seat belt has been fastened. Rear Seat Belts - All three rear seating positions are equipped with three-point seat belt systems. The outboard seating position belts employ lower C-pillar mounted inertia latch-type emergency locking retractors, fixed position upper C-pillar mounted turning loops, self-cinching latch plates for compatibility with child seats, and fixed lower seat belt anchors secured to the rear floor panel by fasteners shared with the rear seat back panel bracket. The rear seat center seating position has an inertia latch-type emergency locking retractor that is secured within the seat back to the rear seat back panel. The center retractor also has a cable that connects to the seat back latch, which locks the retractor spool unless the seat back is fully latched. The rear seat center seating position belt lower anchor is secured to the rear floor panel with the left outboard seat belt buckle. All three rear seat belts have fixed end-release seat belt buckles secured to the rear floor panel by fasteners shared with the rear seat back panel bracket, a single buckle unit on the left side and a double buckle unit on the right side. Child Restraint Anchors - All vehicles are equipped with three, fixed-position, child seat upper tether anchors for the rear seating. Two anchors are integral to the back of the left rear seat back panel, and one is integral to the right rear seat back panel. Two lower anchors are also provided for each rear outboard seating position. The lower anchors are integral to the rear seat back panel bracket on the rear floor panel and are accessed from the front of the rear seat where the seat back meets the seat cushion.
PASSIVE RESTRAINTS
The passive restraints available for this model include the following:
WK
8O - 429
Dual Front Airbags - Multistage driver and front passenger airbags are used in this model. This airbag system is a passive, inflatable, Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and vehicles with this equipment can be readily identified by the SRS - AIRBAG logo molded into the driver airbag trim cover in the center of the steering wheel and also into the passenger airbag area of the instrument panel top pad above the glove box. Vehicles with the airbag system can also be identified by the airbag indicator, which will illuminate in the ElectroMechanical Instrument Cluster (EMIC) for about seven seconds as a bulb test each time the ignition switch is turned to the On position. A pyrotechnic-type seat belt tensioner is also integral to the front seat belt buckle units mounted on the inboard of each front seat cushion frame to work in conjunction with the dual front airbags. Occupant Classification System - Vehicles manufactured for sale in North America (except Mexico) also include an Occupant Classification System (OCS) with components that are located on the front seats. These components include an Occupant Classification Module (OCM) and four seat weight sensors on the passenger seat, and seat track position sensors on both the driver and passenger seats. Vehicles equipped with the OCS components can be readily identified by a passenger airbag on/off indicator (3) located on the right end of the upper switch pod (2) near the top of the instrument panel lower center bezel (1). Side Curtain Airbags - Optional side curtain airbags are available for this model when it is also equipped with dual front airbags. This airbag system is a passive, inflatable, Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and vehicles with this equipment can be readily identified by a molded identification trim button with the SRS - AIRBAG logo located on the headliner above each B-pillar.
8O - 430
WK
The supplemental restraint system includes the following major components, which are described in further detail elsewhere in this service information: Airbag Indicator - The airbag indicator is integral to the ElectroMechanical Instrument Cluster (EMIC), which is located on the instrument panel in front of the driver. Clockspring - The clockspring is integral to the Steering Control Module (SCM) located near the top of the steering column, directly beneath the steering wheel. Driver Airbag (4) - The driver airbag is located in the center of the steering wheel, beneath the driver airbag trim cover. Driver Knee Blocker - The driver knee blocker is a structural unit secured to the back side of and integral to the instrument panel steering column opening cover. Front Impact Sensor (1) - Two front impact sensors are used on vehicles equipped with dual front airbags, one left side and one right side. One sensor is located on the back side of each vertical member of the radiator support. Occupant Classification Module (5) - Vehicles equipped with the Occupant Classification System (OCS) include an Occupant Classification Module (OCM) which is secured to the seat frame under the passenger side front seat cushion. Occupant Restraint Controller (6) - The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is located on a mount on the floor panel transmission tunnel behind the transmission gear selector, and is concealed below the center floor console. Passenger Airbag (2) - The passenger airbag is located in the instrument panel, beneath the instrument panel top pad and above the glove box on the passenger side of the vehicle. Passenger Airbag On/Off Indicator (3) - The Occupant Classification System (OCS) includes a passenger airbag on/off indicator which is located in the upper switch pod near the top of the instrument panel lower center bezel. Passenger Knee Blocker - The passenger knee blocker is a structural reinforcement that is integral to and concealed within the glove box door.
WK
8O - 431
Seat Belt Tensioner (10) - A seat belt tensioner is integral to both front seat belt buckle units on vehicles equipped with dual front airbags. The seat belt buckle tensioner units are secured to the inboard front seat cushion frames and concealed beneath the inboard seat cushion side shield trim. Seat Track Position Sensor (8) - The Occupant Classification System (OCS) includes two seat track position sensors. One sensor is located on the inboard side of one of the seat adjuster tracks on both the driver and the passenger front seats. Seat Weight Sensor (7) - Vehicles equipped with the Occupant Classification System (OCS) include four seat weight sensors, one on each corner of the passenger side front seat between the seat cushion frame and the seat track. Side Curtain Airbag (11) - In vehicles equipped with this option, a side curtain airbag is secured to each inside roof side rail, and extends from the A-pillar to just beyond the C-pillar. The side curtain airbags are concealed above the headliner trim. Side Impact Sensor (9) - Four side impact sensors are used on vehicles equipped with the optional side curtain airbags, two on each side of the vehicle. One sensor is located behind the B-pillar trim near the base of each B-pillar, and one sensor is located behind the quarter panel trim near the base of each C-pillar. The ORC, the OCM, and the EMIC each contain a microprocessor and programming that allow them to communicate with each other using the Controller Area Network (CAN) data bus. This method of communication is used by the ORC for control of the airbag indicator in the EMIC. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULES/COMMUNICATION - DESCRIPTION). Hard wired circuitry connects the supplemental restraint system components to each other through the electrical system of the vehicle. These hard wired circuits are integral to several wire harnesses, which are routed throughout the vehicle and retained by many different methods. These circuits may be connected to each other, to the vehicle electrical system, and to the supplemental restraint system components through the use of a combination of soldered splices, splice block connectors, and many different types of wire harness terminal connectors and insulators. Refer to the appropriate wiring information. The wiring information includes wiring diagrams, proper wire and connector repair procedures, further details on wire harness routing and retention, as well as pin-out and location views for the various wire harness connectors, splices and grounds.
OPERATION
ACTIVE RESTRAINTS
The primary passenger restraints in this or any other vehicle are the standard equipment factory-installed seat belts and child restraint anchors. Seat belts and child restraint anchors are referred to as an active restraint because the vehicle occupants are required to physically fasten and properly adjust these restraints in order to benefit from them. See the owners manual in the vehicle glove box for more information on the features, use and operation of all of the factory-installed active restraints.
PASSIVE RESTRAINTS
The passive restraints are referred to as a supplemental restraint system because they were designed and are intended to enhance the protection for the occupants of the vehicle only when used in conjunction with the seat belts. They are referred to as passive restraints because the vehicle occupants are not required to do anything to make them operate; however, the vehicle occupants must be wearing their seat belts in order to obtain the maximum safety benefit from the factory-installed supplemental restraint system. The supplemental restraint system electrical circuits are continuously monitored and controlled by a microprocessor and software contained within the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC). An airbag indicator in the ElectroMechanical Instrument Cluster (EMIC) illuminates for about seven seconds as a bulb test each time the ignition switch is turned to the On or Start positions. Following the bulb test, the airbag indicator is turned on or off by the ORC to indicate the status of the supplemental restraint system. If the airbag indicator comes on at any time other than during the bulb test, it indicates that there is a problem in the supplemental restraint system electrical circuits. Such a problem may cause airbags not to deploy when required, or to deploy when not required. Deployment of the supplemental restraints depends upon the angle and severity of an impact. Deployment is not based upon vehicle speed; rather, deployment is based upon the rate of deceleration as measured by the forces of gravity (G force) upon the impact sensors. When an impact is severe enough, the microprocessor in the ORC signals the inflator of the appropriate airbag units to deploy their airbag cushions. The front seat belt tensioners are provided with a deployment signal by the ORC in conjunction with the front airbags.
8O - 432
WK
During a frontal vehicle impact, the knee blockers work in concert with properly fastened and adjusted seat belts to restrain both the driver and the front seat passenger in the proper position for an airbag deployment. The knee blockers also absorb and distribute the crash energy from the driver and the front seat passenger to the structure of the instrument panel. The seat belt tensioners remove the slack from the front seat belts to provide further assurance that the driver and front seat passenger are properly positioned and restrained for an airbag deployment. Typically, the vehicle occupants recall more about the events preceding and following a collision than they do of an airbag deployment itself. This is because the airbag deployment and deflation occur very rapidly. In a typical 48 kilometer-per-hour (30 mile-per-hour) barrier impact, from the moment of impact until the airbags are fully inflated takes about 40 milliseconds. Within one to two seconds from the moment of impact, the airbags are almost entirely deflated. The times cited for these events are approximations, which apply only to a barrier impact at the given speed. Actual times will vary somewhat, depending upon the vehicle speed, impact angle, severity of the impact, and the type of collision. When the ORC monitors a problem in any of the dual front airbag system circuits or components, including the seat belt tensioners, it stores a fault code or Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in its memory circuit and sends an electronic message to the EMIC to turn on the airbag indicator. Proper testing of the supplemental restraint system components, the Controller Area Network (CAN) data bus, the electronic message inputs to and outputs from the EMIC or the ORC, as well as the retrieval or erasure of a DTC from the ORC or the EMIC requires the use of a diagnostic scan tool. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information. See the owners manual in the vehicle glove box for more information on the features, use and operation of all of the factory-installed passive restraints. OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM In vehicles equipped with the Occupant Classification System (OCS), the OCS automatically suppresses or enables passenger airbag and seat belt tensioner operation based upon whether or not the passenger side front seat is occupied and, if the seat is occupied, classifies the size of the occupant and whether the seat is occupied by a child seat. The OCS has an Occupant Classification Module (OCM) that monitors inputs from the seat weight sensors under the passenger side front seat cushion and from the seat track position sensors on the passenger side and driver side seat adjuster tracks. Based upon those inputs the microprocessor within the OCM classifies the occupant of the passenger side front seat, and the proximity of each front seat to the front airbags. The OCM then sends electronic occupant classification messages to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC). The microprocessor and programming of the ORC determines whether to enable or disable the deployment circuits for the passenger airbag and seat belt tensioner; and, if enabled, what force level should be used to deploy each front airbag. The OCS electrical circuits and components are continuously monitored by the OCM, and the OCM is continuously monitored by the ORC. A passenger airbag on/off indicator is located in the upper switch pod near the top of the instrument panel lower center bezel. This indicator receives battery current whenever the ignition switch is in the On or Start positions, and illuminates only when the ORC pulls the indicator control circuit to ground. The indicator illuminates for about seven seconds as a bulb test each time the ignition switch is turned to the On or Start positions. Following the bulb test, the indicator is turned on or off by the ORC based upon the electronic occupant classification messages received from the OCM. This indicator is illuminated whenever the seat is occupied and passenger airbag and seat belt tensioner operation has been suppressed. The indicator is turned off whenever the seat is empty, or when the seat is occupied and the passenger airbag and seat belt tensioner are enabled. When the OCM monitors a problem in any of the OCS circuits or components, it stores a fault code or DTC in its memory circuit and sends an electronic message to the ORC. The ORC then sends an electronic message to the ElectroMechanical Instrument Cluster (EMIC) to turn on the airbag indicator. If for any reason the OCM is unable to classify the occupant it sends an electronic message to the ORC, and the ORC suppresses passenger airbag and seat belt tensioner operation. Proper testing of the OCS components, the Controller Area Network (CAN) data bus, the electronic message inputs to and outputs from the OCM, the EMIC or the ORC, as well as the retrieval or erasure of a DTC from the OCM, the ORC or the EMIC requires the use of a diagnostic scan tool. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information. See the owners manual in the vehicle glove box for more information on the features, use and operation of the OCS.
WK
WARNING WARNINGS - RESTRAINT SYSTEM
8O - 433
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, during and following any seat belt or child restraint anchor service, carefully inspect all seat belts, buckles, mounting hardware, retractors, tether straps, and anchors for proper installation, operation, or damage. Replace any belt that is cut, frayed, or torn. Straighten any belt that is twisted. Tighten any loose fasteners. Replace any belt that has a damaged or inoperative buckle or retractor. Replace any belt that has a bent or damaged latch plate or anchor plate. Replace any child restraint anchor or the unit to which the anchor is integral that has been bent or damaged. Never attempt to repair a seat belt or child restraint component. Always replace damaged or faulty seat belt and child restraint components with the correct, new and unused replacement parts listed in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death on vehicles equipped with airbags, before performing any welding operations disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable and disconnect all wire harness connectors from the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC). Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and other possible damage to the supplemental restraint system circuits and components. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not attempt to dismantle an airbag unit or tamper with its inflator. Do not puncture, incinerate, or bring into contact with electricity. Do not store at temperatures exceeding 93 C (200 F). An airbag inflator unit may contain sodium azide and potassium nitrate. These materials are poisonous and extremely flammable. Contact with acid, water, or heavy metals may produce harmful and irritating gases (sodium hydroxide is formed in the presence of moisture) or combustible compounds. An airbag inflator unit may also contain a gas canister pressurized to over 2500 psi. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, when handling a seat belt tensioner retractor, proper care should be exercised to keep fingers out from under the retractor cover and away from the seat belt webbing where it exits from the retractor cover. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, replace all restraint system components only with parts specified in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog. Substitute parts may appear interchangeable, but internal differences may result in inferior occupant protection. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, the fasteners, screws, and bolts originally used for the restraint system components must never be replaced with any substitutes. These fasteners have special coatings and are specifically designed for the restraint system. Any time a new fastener is needed, replace it with the correct fasteners provided in the service package or specified in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog.
8O - 434
WK
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, when a steering column has an airbag unit attached, never place the column on the floor or any other surface with the steering wheel or airbag unit face down.
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Proper diagnosis and testing of the supplemental restraint system components, the Controller Area Network (CAN) data bus, the data bus electronic message inputs to and outputs from the ElectroMechanical Instrument Cluster (EMIC), the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC), or the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) as well as the retrieval or erasure of a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) from the ORC or OCM requires the use of a diagnostic scan tool. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment.
STANDARD PROCEDURE HANDLING NON-DEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS

At no time should any source of electricity be permitted near the inflator on the back of a non-deployed airbag or seat belt tensioner. When carrying a non-deployed airbag, the trim cover or airbag cushion side of the unit should be pointed away from the body to minimize injury in the event of an accidental deployment. If the airbag unit is placed on a bench or any other surface, the trim cover or airbag cushion side of the unit should be face up to minimize movement in the event of an accidental deployment. When handling a non-deployed seat belt tensioner, take proper care to keep fingers away from the scabbard between the buckle and the tensioner unit. In addition, the supplemental restraint system should be disarmed whenever any steering wheel, steering column, seat belt tensioner, airbag, impact sensor, Occupant Classification System (OCS), or instrument panel components require diagnosis or service. Failure to observe this warning could result in accidental airbag deployment and possible personal injury. All damaged, faulty or non-deployed airbags and seat belt tensioners which are replaced on vehicles are to be handled and disposed of properly. If an airbag or seat belt tensioner unit is faulty or damaged and non-deployed, refer to the Hazardous Substance Control System for proper disposal. Dispose of all non-deployed and deployed airbags and seat belt tensioners in a manner consistent with state, provincial, local and federal regulations.
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT STORAGE

Airbags and seat belt tensioners must be stored in their original, special container until they are used for service. Also, they must be stored in a clean, dry environment; away from sources of extreme heat, sparks, and high electrical energy. Always place or store any airbag on a surface with its trim cover or airbag cushion side facing up, to minimize movement in case of an accidental deployment.
SERVICE AFTER A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT

Any vehicle which is to be returned to use following a supplemental restraint deployment, must have the deployed restraints replaced. In addition, if the driver airbag has been deployed, the clockspring/Steering Control Module (SCM) must be replaced. If the passenger airbag is deployed, the instrument panel top pad must be replaced. The seat belt tensioners are deployed by the same signal that deploys the driver and passenger airbags and must also be replaced if either front airbag has been deployed. If a side curtain airbag has been deployed, the complete airbag unit, the headliner, as well as the upper A, B, C and D-pillar trim must be replaced. These components are not intended for reuse and will be damaged or weakened as a result of a supplemental restraint deployment, which may or may not be obvious during a visual inspection. On vehicles with an optional sunroof, the sunroof drain tubes and hoses must be closely inspected following a side curtain airbag deployment. It is also critical that the mounting surfaces and/or mounting brackets for the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC), side impact sensors, and front impact sensors be closely inspected and restored to their original conditions following any vehicle impact damage. Because the ORC and each front and side impact sensor
WK
8O - 435
are used by the supplemental restraint system to monitor or confirm the direction and severity of a vehicle impact, improper orientation or insecure fastening of these components may cause airbags not to deploy when required, or to deploy when not required. All other vehicle components should be closely inspected following any supplemental restraint deployment, but are to be replaced only as required by the extent of the visible damage incurred.
AIRBAG SQUIB STATUS

Multistage airbags with multiple initiators (squibs) must be checked to determine that all squibs were used during the deployment event. The driver and passenger airbags in this model are deployed by electrical signals generated by the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) through the driver or passenger squib 1 and squib 2 circuits to the two initiators in the airbag inflators. Typically, both initiators are used and all potentially hazardous chemicals are burned during an airbag deployment event. However, it is possible for only one initiator to be used due to an airbag system fault; therefore, it is always necessary to confirm that both initiators have been used in order to avoid the improper handling or disposal of potentially live pyrotechnic or hazardous materials. The following procedure should be performed using a diagnostic scan tool to verify the status of both airbag squibs before either deployed airbag is removed from the vehicle for disposal. CAUTION: Deployed front airbags having two initiators (squibs) in the airbag inflator may or may not have live pyrotechnic material within the inflator. Do not dispose of these airbags unless you are sure of complete deployment. Refer to the Hazardous Substance Control System for proper disposal procedures. Dispose of all non-deployed and deployed airbags and seat belt tensioners in a manner consistent with state, provincial, local, and federal regulations. 1. Be certain that the diagnostic scan tool contains the latest version of the proper diagnostic software. Connect the scan tool to the 16-way Data Link Connector (DLC). The DLC is located on the driver side lower edge of the instrument panel, outboard of the steering column. 2. Turn the ignition switch to the On position. 3. Using the scan tool, read and record the active (current) Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) data. Using the active DTC information, refer to the Airbag Squib Status table to determine the status of both driver and/or passenger airbag squibs. AIRBAG SQUIB STATUS IF the Active DTC is: Driver or Passenger Squib 1 open Driver or Passenger Squib 2 open Driver or Passenger Squib 1 open Driver or Passenger Squib 2 open Driver or Passenger Squib 1 open Driver or Passenger Squib 2 open Driver or Passenger Squib 1 open Driver or Passenger Squib 2 open Conditions AND the stored DTC minutes for both Driver or Passenger squibs are within 15 minutes of each other AND the stored DTC minutes for Driver or Passenger Squib 2 open is GREATER than the stored DTC minutes for Driver or Passenger Squib 1 by 15 minutes or more AND the stored DTC minutes for Driver or Passenger Squib 1 open is GREATER than the stored DTC minutes for Driver or Passenger Squib 2 by 15 minutes or more AND Driver or Passenger Squib 2 open is NOT an active code AND Driver or Passenger Squib 1 open is NOT an active code Squib Status Both Squib 1 and 2 were used.
Squib 1 was used; Squib 2 is live.
Squib 1 is live; Squib 2 was used.
Squib 1 was used; Squib 2 is live. Squib 1 is live; Squib 2 was used.
If none of the Driver or Passenger Squib 1 or 2 open are active codes, the status of the airbag squibs is unknown. In this case the airbag should be handled and disposed of as if the squibs were both live.
8O - 436
WK
CLEANUP PROCEDURE
Following a supplemental restraint deployment, the vehicle interior will contain a powdery residue. This residue consists primarily of harmless particulate by-products of the small pyrotechnic charge that initiates the propellant used to deploy a supplemental restraint. However, this residue may also contain traces of sodium hydroxide powder, a chemical by-product of the propellant material that is used to generate the inert gas that inflates the airbag. Since sodium hydroxide powder can irritate the skin, eyes, nose, or throat, be certain to wear safety glasses, rubber gloves, and a long-sleeved shirt during cleanup.
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, if you experience skin irritation during cleanup, run cool water over the affected area. Also, if you experience irritation of the nose or throat, exit the vehicle for fresh air until the irritation ceases. If irritation continues, see a physician. 1. Begin the cleanup by using a vacuum cleaner to remove any residual powder from the vehicle interior. Clean from outside the vehicle and work your way inside, so that you avoid kneeling or sitting on a non-cleaned area. 2. Be certain to vacuum the heater and air conditioning outlets as well. Run the heater and air conditioner blower on the lowest speed setting and vacuum any powder expelled from the outlets. CAUTION: Deployed front airbags having two initiators (squibs) in the airbag inflator may or may not have live pyrotechnic material within the inflator. Do not dispose of these airbags unless you are sure of complete deployment. Refer to AIRBAG SQUIB STATUS . All damaged, faulty, or non-deployed supplemental restraints which are replaced on vehicles are to be handled and disposed of properly. If an airbag or seat belt tensioner unit is faulty or damaged and non-deployed, refer to the Hazardous Substance Control System for proper disposal. Be certain to dispose of all non-deployed and deployed supplemental restraints in a manner consistent with state, provincial, local and federal regulations. 3. Next, remove the deployed supplemental restraints from the vehicle. Refer to the appropriate service removal procedures. 4. You may need to vacuum the interior of the vehicle a second time to recover all of the powder.
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS VERIFICATION TEST

The following procedure should be performed using a diagnostic scan tool to verify proper supplemental restraint system operation following the service or replacement of any supplemental restraint system component. In addition, if the vehicle is equipped with the Occupant Classification System and one of the passenger front seat supplemental restraint components has been replaced, following successful completion of the supplemental restraint system verification test procedure, perform the Occupant Classification System Verification Test using a diagnostic scan tool. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic procedures.
WK
8O - 437
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. 1. During the following test, the battery negative cable remains disconnected and isolated, as it was during the supplemental restraint system component removal and installation procedures. 2. Be certain that the diagnostic scan tool contains the latest version of the proper diagnostic software. Connect the scan tool to the 16-way Data Link Connector (DLC) (1). The DLC is located on the driver side lower edge of the instrument panel (2), outboard of the steering column. 3. Turn the ignition switch to the On position and exit the vehicle with the scan tool. 4. Check to be certain that nobody is in the vehicle, then reconnect the battery negative cable. 5. Using the scan tool, read and record the active (current) Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) data. 6. Next, use the scan tool to read and record any stored (historical) DTC data. 7. If any DTC is found in Step 5 or Step 6, refer to the appropriate diagnostic information. 8. Use the scan tool to erase the stored DTC data. If any problems remain, the stored DTC data will not erase. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information to diagnose any stored DTC that will not erase. If the stored DTC information is successfully erased, go to Step 9. 9. Turn the ignition switch to the Off position for about fifteen seconds, and then back to the On position. Observe the airbag indicator in the instrument cluster. It should light for six to eight seconds, and then go out. This indicates that the supplemental restraint system is functioning normally and that the repairs are complete. If the airbag indicator fails to light, or lights and stays on, there is still an active supplemental restraint system fault or malfunction. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information to diagnose the problem.
8O - 438
WK
CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHOR

DESCRIPTION
This model is equipped with a Lower Anchors and Tether for CHildren, or LATCH child restraint anchorage system. The LATCH system provides for the installation of suitable child restraints in certain seating positions without using the standard equipment seat belt provided for that seating position. The rear seats in these models are equipped with a fixed-position child restraint upper tether anchor (2) for both the center and the two outboard seating positions, and child restraint lower anchors (1) for the two outboard seating positions only. The three upper tether anchors (1) are integral to the rear seat back panels. One anchor is integral to the back of the right rear panel, and two are integral to the left rear panel. These anchors are each constructed from short lengths of heavy-gauge steel wire that is securely welded into stamped steel cups that are integral to the seat back panels. There is a separate molded plastic trim bezel located around each of the three anchors. These child restraint upper tether anchors cannot be adjusted or repaired and, if faulty or damaged, they must be replaced as a unit with their respective rear seat back panels.
WK
The lower anchors are integral to the rear seat back panel bracket (1), which is secured with screws to the rear floor panel just forward of the rear seat back panels and beneath the rear edge of the rear seat cushion. These anchors are each constructed from a heavy-gauge steel wire loop that is securely welded to the seat back panel bracket. The child restraint upper tether anchors cannot be adjusted or repaired and, if faulty or damaged, they must be replaced as a unit with the rear seat back panel bracket.
8O - 439
The rear seat lower anchors (2) are each accessed from the front of their respective seat, at each side where the seat back meets the seat cushion. Round markers (1) with an imprinted child seat icon help identify the anchor locations as they may be otherwise difficult to see with the seat back in the upright position.
OPERATION
See the owners manual in the vehicle glove box for more information on the proper use of all of the factory-installed child restraint anchors.
8O - 440
WK
CLOCKSPRING
DESCRIPTION
The clockspring for this model is internal to and serviced as a unit with the Steering Control Module (SCM) (4). The SCM is secured near the top of the steering column behind the steering wheel. The SCM is a modular unit that also interfaces with and supports the left (lighting) multi-function switch (1), the right (wiper) multi-function switch (2), and the hazard switch (3). Each of these switches can be separated from and are serviced individually from the SCM. Besides the clockspring, the SCM contains an electronic circuit board and a microprocessor, which allows it to communicate with other electronic modules in the vehicle over the Controller Area Network (CAN) data bus. On models so equipped, the SCM also includes an integral Steering Angle Sensor (SAS). The SCM circuitry, the clockspring, and the SAS are all contained within a flat, round molded plastic case.
The SCM case includes two connector receptacles that face toward the instrument panel. Within the plastic case is a spool-like molded plastic rotor with a large exposed hub. The upper surface of the rotor hub has a large, keyed center hole, an index hole, two short pigtail wires with connectors, and two connector receptacles that face toward the steering wheel. Wound around the rotor spool within the case is a long ribbon-like tape that consists of several thin copper wire leads sandwiched between two thin plastic membranes. The outer end of the tape terminates at the connector receptacles that face the instrument panel, while the inner end of the tape terminates at the pigtail wires and connector receptacles on the hub of the clockspring rotor that face the steering wheel. The lower surface of the rotor hub has a molded plastic turn signal cancel cam with two lobes that is keyed to the clockspring rotor. The service replacement SCM is shipped with the clockspring pre-centered and with a molded plastic locking pin (5) installed. The locking pin secures the centered clockspring rotor to the SCM case during shipment and handling, but must be removed after the SCM is installed on the steering column and before the steering wheel is installed. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS/CLOCKSPRING - STANDARD PROCEDURE - CLOCKSPRING CENTERING). The clockspring cannot be repaired. If the clockspring is faulty, damaged, or if the driver airbag has been deployed, the SCM/clockspring/SAS unit must be replaced. (Refer to 19 - STEERING/COLUMN/STEERING COLUMN CONTROL MODULE - REMOVAL).
OPERATION
The clockspring is a mechanical electrical circuit component that is used to provide continuous electrical continuity between the fixed instrument panel wire harness and certain electrical components mounted on or in the rotating steering wheel. On this model the rotating electrical components include the driver airbag, the horn switch, the speed control switches, and the remote radio switches, if the vehicle is so equipped. The Steering Control Module (SCM)/clockspring case is positioned and secured near the top of the steering column. The fixed connector receptacles on the back of the fixed SCM/clockspring case connect the clockspring to the vehicle electrical system through two take outs with connectors from the instrument panel wire harness. The clockspring rotor is movable and is keyed so as to move with the rotation of the steering column shaft and the steering wheel. The lower surface of the clockspring rotor hub engages and indexes the clockspring rotor to the turn signal cancel cam. Two short, yellow-sleeved pigtail wires on the upper surface of the clockspring rotor connect the clockspring to the driver airbag, while a steering wheel wire harness and a driver airbag jumper harness connected to the two connector receptacles on the upper surface of the clockspring rotor complete circuits to the horn switch, the two speed control switches and, if the vehicle is so equipped, to the optional remote radio switches on the steering wheel.
WK
8O - 441
Like the clockspring in a timepiece, the clockspring tape has travel limits and can be damaged by being wound too tightly during full stop-to-stop steering wheel rotation. To prevent this from occurring, the clockspring is centered when it is installed on the steering column. Centering the clockspring indexes the clockspring tape to the movable steering components so that the tape can operate within its designed travel limits. However, if the SCM/clockspring is removed from the steering column or if the steering shaft is disconnected from the steering gear, the clockspring spool can change position relative to the other steering components. The clockspring must be re-centered following completion of this service or the tape may be damaged. Service replacement SCM/clocksprings are shipped pre-centered and with a locking pin installed. This locking pin should not be removed until the SCM/clockspring has been installed on the steering column. If the locking pin is removed before the SCM/clockspring is installed on a steering column, the clockspring centering procedure must be performed. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS/CLOCKSPRING - STANDARD PROCEDURE - CLOCKSPRING CENTERING).
STANDARD PROCEDURE CLOCKSPRING CENTERING

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. NOTE: A service replacement Steering Control Module (SCM) is shipped with the clockspring pre-centered and with a molded plastic locking pin installed. This locking pin should not be removed until the SCM has been installed on the steering column. If the locking pin is removed before the SCM is installed on a steering column, the clockspring centering procedure must be performed. NOTE: Before starting this procedure, be certain to turn the steering wheel until the front wheels are in the straight-ahead position.
8O - 442
WK
1. Place the front wheels in the straight-ahead position. 2. Remove the Steering Control Module (SCM) (2) from the steering column. (Refer to 19 - STEERING/COLUMN/ STEERING CONTROL MODULE - REMOVAL). 3. Hold the SCM in one hand so that it is oriented as it would be when it is installed on the steering column. 4. Use your other hand to rotate the clockspring rotor (1) clockwise to the end of its travel. Do not apply excessive torque. 5. From the end of the clockwise travel, rotate the rotor about two and one-half turns counterclockwise. The clockspring airbag pigtail wires and connector receptacles should be at the top and the holes for the clockspring locking pin (3) should be in alignment. 6. The clockspring is now centered. Secure the clockspring rotor to the SCM case to maintain clockspring centering until the SCM is reinstalled on the steering column. 7. The front wheels should still be in the straight-ahead position. Reinstall the SCM onto the steering column. (Refer to 19 - STEERING/COLUMN/STEERING CONTROL MODULE - INSTALLATION).
CURTAIN AIRBAG
DESCRIPTION
Optional side curtain airbags are available for this model when it is also equipped with dual front airbags. These airbags are passive, inflatable, Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) components, and vehicles with this equipment can be readily identified by a molded identification trim button with the SRS - AIRBAG logo located on the headliner above each B-pillar. This system is designed to reduce injuries to the vehicle occupants in the event of a side impact collision.
Vehicles equipped with side curtain airbags have two individually controlled curtain airbag units. These airbag units are concealed and mounted above the headliner where they are each secured to one of the roof side rails. Each folded airbag cushion is contained within a long extruded plastic channel that extends along the roof rail from the A-pillar at the front of the vehicle to just behind the C-pillar at the rear of the vehicle. A long tether extends down the A-pillar from the front of the airbag cushion. The end of the tether is secured to a slot in the sheet metal with a metal hook, while two additional plastic clips secure the tether to the inside of the A-pillar.
The hybrid-type inflator for each airbag is secured to the roof rail at the rear of the airbag unit between the C-pillar and the D-pillar, and is connected to the airbag cushion by a long tubular manifold. The inflator bracket and the extruded airbag cushion channel are secured with both plastic push-in fasteners and screws to the roof rail. The
WK
8O - 443
inflator is initially hung from the roof rail by hooks that are integral to the inflator bracket. The airbag inflator is connected to the vehicle electrical system through a dedicated take out and connector of the body wire harness near the top of the D-pillar. The side curtain airbag unit cannot be adjusted or repaired and must be replaced if deployed, faulty, or in any way damaged. Once a side curtain airbag has been deployed, the complete airbag unit, the headliner, the upper A, B, and C-pillar trim, and all other visibly damaged components must be replaced.
OPERATION
Each side curtain airbag is deployed individually by an electrical signal generated by the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) to which it is connected through left or right curtain airbag line 1 and line 2 (or squib) circuits. The hybrid-type inflator assembly for each airbag contains a small canister of highly compressed inert gas. When the ORC sends the proper electrical signal to the airbag inflator, the electrical energy creates enough heat to ignite chemical pellets within the inflator. Once ignited, these chemicals burn rapidly and produce the pressure necessary to rupture a containment disk in the inert gas canister. The inflator and inert gas canister are sealed and connected to a tubular manifold so that all of the released gas is directed into the folded curtain airbag cushion, causing the cushion to inflate. As the airbag cushion inflates it will drop down from the roof rail between the edge of the headliner and the side glass/body pillars to form a curtain-like cushion to protect the vehicle occupants during a side impact collision. The front tether keeps the side curtain bag taut to the side of the vehicle, thus ensuring that the bag will deploy in the proper position. Following the airbag deployment, the airbag cushion quickly deflates by venting the inert gas through the loose weave of the cushion fabric, and the deflated cushion hangs down loosely from the roof rail.
REMOVAL
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, when removing a deployed airbag, rubber gloves, eye protection, and a long-sleeved shirt should be worn. There may be deposits on the airbag unit and other interior surfaces. In large doses, these deposits may cause irritation to the skin and eyes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, use extreme care to prevent any foreign material from entering the side curtain airbag, or becoming entrapped between the side curtain airbag cushion and the headliner. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbag deployment. NOTE: The following procedure is for replacement of a faulty or damaged side curtain airbag. If the airbag is faulty or damaged, but not deployed, review the recommended procedures for handling non-deployed supplemental restraints. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - HANDLING NON-DEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS). If the side curtain airbag has been deployed, review the recommended procedures for service after a supplemental restraint deployment before removing the airbag from the vehicle. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT).
8O - 444
WK
1. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable. Wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before further service. 2. Remove the headliner from the vehicle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/HEADLINER - REMOVAL). 3. Disconnect the body wire harness connector (2) for the side curtain airbag from the connector receptacle at the back of the inflator (1) on the roof side rail (3) near the D-pillar.
4. Disengage the two plastic retainers, then the hook that secure the side curtain airbag front tether to the inner A-pillar. 5. Remove the six screws that secure the side curtain airbag channel to the J-nuts in the inner roof side rail. 6. Disengage the two plastic push-in fasteners that secure the channel to the roof side rail at the top of the B-pillar. 7. Disengage the two plastic push-in fasteners that secure the channel to the roof side rail at the top of the C-pillar. 8. Remove the two screws that secure the inflator mounting bracket to the U-nuts in the inner roof side rail. 9. Disengage the integral hooks on the inflator mounting bracket from the locating holes in the roof side rail. 10. Remove the side curtain airbag from the vehicle as a unit.
WK
INSTALLATION
8O - 445
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, when removing a deployed airbag, rubber gloves, eye protection, and a long-sleeved shirt should be worn. There may be deposits on the airbag unit and other interior surfaces. In large doses, these deposits may cause irritation to the skin and eyes. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, use extreme care to prevent any foreign material from entering the side curtain airbag, or becoming entrapped between the side curtain airbag cushion and the headliner. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbag deployment. NOTE: The following procedure is for replacement of a faulty or damaged side curtain airbag. If the airbag is faulty or damaged, but not deployed, review the recommended procedures for handling non-deployed supplemental restraints. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - HANDLING NON-DEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS). If the side curtain airbag has been deployed, review the recommended procedures for service after a supplemental restraint deployment before removing the airbag from the vehicle. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT).
1. Check to be certain that the two U-nuts for the side curtain airbag inflator bracket and the six J-nuts for the airbag channel are properly installed in the inner roof rail and that they are in good condition. 2. Position the side curtain airbag into the vehicle as a unit. 3. Engage the integral hooks on the side curtain airbag inflator mounting bracket into the locating holes in the inner roof side rail near the D-pillar.
8O - 446
WK
4. Install and tighten the two screws that secure the inflator mounting bracket to the U-nuts in the inner roof side rail. Tighten the screws to 6 Nm (50 in. lbs.). NOTE: Be certain that the airbag cushion is not twisted during installation. If a red stripe on the cushion is visible, the bag is twisted and must be untwisted before it is secured to the roof side rail. 5. Engage the two plastic push-in fasteners that secure the airbag cushion channel to the roof side rail at the top of the C-pillar. 6. Engage the two plastic push-in fasteners that secure the channel to the roof side rail at the top of the B-pillar. 7. Install and tighten the six screws that secure the airbag channel to the J-nuts in the inner roof side rail. Tighten the screws to 6 Nm (50 in. lbs.). 8. Engage the hook on the end of the side curtain airbag front tether into the slot in the inner A-pillar. 9. Engage the two plastic retainers that secure the side curtain airbag front tether to the inner A-pillar.
10. Reconnect the body wire harness connector (2) for the side curtain airbag to the connector receptacle at the back of the inflator (1) on the roof side rail (3). 11. Reinstall the headliner into the vehicle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/HEADLINER - INSTALLATION). 12. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at this time. The supplemental restraint system verification test procedure should be performed following service of any supplemental restraint system component. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE VERIFICATION TEST).
WK
DRIVER AIRBAG
DESCRIPTION
The injection molded, thermoplastic driver airbag protective trim cover (2) is the most visible part of the driver airbag. The driver airbag is located in the center of the steering wheel (1), where it is secured with two screws to the two horizontal spokes of the four-spoke steering wheel armature. A stamped, satin polished emblem with the Jeep logo is applied to the center of the trim cover. Concealed beneath the driver airbag trim cover are the horn switch, the folded airbag cushion, the airbag cushion retainer, the airbag housing, the airbag inflator, and the retainers that secure the inflator to the airbag housing.
8O - 447
The airbag cushion (1), housing (5), and inflator (4) are secured within an integral receptacle molded into the back of the trim cover. The four vertical walls of this receptacle have numerous small windows with blocking tabs that are engaged by numerous hook formations around the perimeter of the airbag housing. Each hook is inserted through one of the windows and the blocking tab in each window keeps the hook properly engaged with the trim cover, locking the trim cover securely into place on the airbag housing. The resistive membrane-type horn switch is secured within a plastic tray that is inserted in a pocket or pouch sewn onto the airbag cushion retainer strap, between the trim cover and the folded airbag cushion. The horn switch ground and feed pigtail wires have a molded plastic connector insulator (3) that is secured by an integral retainer in a locator hole near the upper left corner of the airbag housing and is connected to the vehicle electrical system through a dedicated take out and connector of the steering wheel wire harness. The airbag used in this model is a multistage-type that complies with revised federal airbag standards to deploy with less force than those used in some prior models. A radial deploying fabric airbag cushion with internal tethers is used. The airbag inflator is a dual-initiator, non-azide, pyrotechnic-type unit with four mounting studs and is secured to the stamped metal airbag housing using four flanged hex nuts. Two keyed and color-coded connector receptacles on the driver airbag inflator connect the two inflator initiators to the vehicle electrical system through two yellowjacketed, two-wire pigtail harnesses of the clockspring. The driver airbag cannot be repaired, and must be replaced if deployed or in any way damaged. The driver airbag trim cover and the horn switch may be disassembled from the driver airbag unit, and are available for individual service replacement.
8O - 448
WK
OPERATION
The multistage driver airbag is deployed by electrical signals generated by the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) through the driver airbag squib 1 and squib 2 circuits to the two initiators in the airbag inflator. By using two initiators, the airbag can be deployed at multiple levels of force. The force level is controlled by the ORC to suit the monitored impact conditions by providing one of four delay intervals between the electrical signals provided to the two initiators. The longer the delay between these signals, the less forcefully the airbag will deploy. When the ORC sends the proper electrical signals to each initiator, the electrical energy generates enough heat to initiate a small pyrotechnic charge which, in turn ignites chemical pellets within the inflator. Once ignited, these chemical pellets burn rapidly and produce a large quantity of inert gas. The inflator is sealed to the back of the airbag housing and a diffuser in the inflator directs all of the inert gas into the airbag cushion, causing the cushion to inflate. As the cushion inflates, the driver airbag trim cover will split at predetermined breakout lines, then fold back out of the way along with the horn switch and tray unit. Following an airbag deployment, the airbag cushion quickly deflates by venting the inert gas towards the instrument panel through vent holes within the fabric used to construct the back (steering wheel side) panel of the airbag cushion. Some of the chemicals used to create the inert gas may be considered hazardous while in their solid state before they are burned, but they are securely sealed within the airbag inflator. Typically, both initiators are used and all potentially hazardous chemicals are burned during an airbag deployment event. However, it is possible for only one initiator to be used during a deployment due to an airbag system fault; therefore, it is necessary to always confirm that both initiators have been used in order to avoid the improper disposal of potentially live pyrotechnic or hazardous materials. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT). The inert gas that is produced when the chemicals are burned is harmless. However, a small amount of residue from the burned chemicals may cause some temporary discomfort if it contacts the skin, eyes, or breathing passages. If skin or eye irritation is noted, rinse the affected area with plenty of cool, clean water. If breathing passages are irritated, move to another area where there is plenty of clean, fresh air to breath. If the irritation is not alleviated by these actions, contact a physician.
REMOVAL
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, when removing a deployed airbag, rubber gloves, eye protection, and a long-sleeved shirt should be worn. There may be deposits on the airbag cushion and other interior surfaces. In large doses, these deposits may cause irritation to the skin and eyes. NOTE: The following procedure is for replacement of a faulty or damaged driver airbag. If the airbag is faulty or damaged, but not deployed, review the recommended procedures for handling non-deployed supplemental restraints. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - HANDLING NONDEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS). If the driver airbag has been deployed, review the recommended procedures for service after a supplemental restraint deployment before removing the airbag from the vehicle. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT).
WK
1. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable. Wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before further service. NOTE: It will be necessary to rotate the steering wheel to orient each of the two spokes to which the airbag is secured alternately toward the bottom of the steering column in order to access the fasteners. 2. From the underside of the steering wheel, remove the two screws (4) that secure the driver airbag (1) to the steering wheel armature (3). CAUTION: Do not pull on the horn switch pigtail wires to disengage the connector from the driver airbag housing or to disconnect the horn switch to driver airbag jumper harness connection. Improper pulling on this pigtail wire or connection can result in damage to the horn switch membrane or the feed and ground circuits.
8O - 449
3. Pull the driver airbag away from the steering wheel far enough to access the electrical connections at the back of the airbag housing. 4. Disconnect the driver airbag jumper harness connector (2) for the horn switch and the cruise control switches on the back of the driver airbag trim cover from the clockspring. CAUTION: Do not pull on the clockspring pigtail wires or pry on the connector insulator to disengage the connector from the driver airbag inflator connector receptacle. Improper removal of these pigtail wires and their connector insulators can result in damage to the airbag circuits or connector insulators. 5. The clockspring driver airbag pigtail wire connectors are secured by an integral lock to the airbag inflator connector receptacles (5), which are located on the back of the driver airbag housing. Firmly grasp and pull the lock straight out from the connector insulator, then pull the insulators straight out from the airbag inflator to disconnect them from the connector receptacles. 6. Remove the driver airbag from the steering wheel. 7. If the driver airbag has been deployed, the clockspring must be replaced. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS/CLOCKSPRING - REMOVAL).
DISASSEMBLY
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, service of this unit should be performed only by DaimlerChrysler-trained and authorized dealer service technicians. Failure to take the proper precautions or to follow the proper procedures could result in accidental, incomplete, or improper airbag deployment and possible occupant injuries. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, use extreme care to prevent any foreign material from entering the driver airbag, or becoming entrapped between the driver airbag cushion and the driver airbag trim cover. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbag deployment.
8O - 450
WK
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, the driver airbag trim cover must never be painted. Replacement trim covers are serviced in the original colors. Paint may change the way in which the material of the trim cover responds to an airbag deployment. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbag deployment. NOTE: The following procedures can be used to replace the driver airbag trim cover and/or to access the horn switch unit for service. If the driver airbag is faulty or deployed, the entire driver airbag, trim cover, and horn switch must be replaced as a unit. 1. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable. Wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before further service. 2. Remove the driver airbag from the steering wheel. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS/DRIVER AIRBAG - REMOVAL). 3. Place the driver airbag on a suitable work surface with the trim cover facing down. If the trim cover will be reused, be certain to take the proper precautions to prevent the trim cover from receiving cosmetic damage during the following procedures. 4. Disconnect the driver airbag jumper harness connector (2) from the horn switch pigtail wire connector (3). 5. Carefully pry the horn switch pigtail wire connector away from the back of the driver airbag housing (3) far enough to disengage the integral connector retainer from the locator hole just above the upper left inflator mounting stud.
6. Disengage each of the fifteen hooks (1) of the airbag housing (2) from the fifteen windows in the vertical walls of the trim cover (4), one wall at a time. Start by disengaging the two side walls from under the engagement tabs (3), and finish with the upper and lower wall. To disengage the hooks, use hand pressure to push the adjacent edge of the airbag housing firmly and evenly downward into the trim cover receptacle, while at the same time pulling outward on the upper edge of the receptacle wall. 7. With all of the hooks disengaged, lift the housing, inflator, cushion and horn switch as a unit from the receptacle on the back of the driver airbag trim cover.
WK
ASSEMBLY
8O - 451
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, service of this unit should be performed only by DaimlerChrysler-trained and authorized dealer service technicians. Failure to take the proper precautions or to follow the proper procedures could result in accidental, incomplete, or improper airbag deployment and possible occupant injuries. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, use extreme care to prevent any foreign material from entering the driver airbag, or becoming entrapped between the driver airbag cushion and the driver airbag trim cover. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, the driver airbag trim cover must never be painted. Replacement trim covers are serviced in the original colors. Paint may change the way in which the material of the trim cover responds to an airbag deployment. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbag deployment. NOTE: The following procedures can be used to replace the driver airbag trim cover and/or to access the horn switch unit for service. If the driver airbag is faulty or deployed, the entire driver airbag, trim cover, and horn switch must be replaced as a unit. NOTE: If the horn switch and tray have been removed from the sewn pouch in the airbag cushion retaining strap, be certain that they are properly reinstalled with the horn switch feed and ground pigtail wires properly oriented before assembling the trim cover onto the airbag housing. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/HORN/ HORN SWITCH - INSTALLATION). 1. If the driver airbag trim cover is being replaced with a new unit, transfer the cruise control switches and the driver airbag jumper harness to the new trim cover. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/SPEED CONTROL/SWITCH - REMOVAL) and (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/SPEED CONTROL/SWITCH INSTALLATION). 2. Place the driver airbag trim cover (4) on a suitable work surface with the airbag receptacle facing up. Be certain to take the proper precautions to prevent the trim cover from receiving cosmetic damage during the following procedures. 3. Carefully position the driver airbag housing (2) into the trim cover receptacle. Be certain that the horn switch feed and ground pigtail wires are not pinched between the housing and the upper vertical wall of the trim cover receptacle. 4. Work around the perimeter of the unit engaging each of the fifteen hooks (1) on the driver airbag housing through the windows in the walls of the trim cover receptacle.
8O - 452
WK
5. Using hand pressure, push the integral retainer of the horn switch pigtail wire connector (3) into the locator hole just above the upper left inflator mounting stud on the back of the airbag housing. 6. Reconnect the driver airbag jumper harness connector (2) to the horn switch pigtail wire connector (3). 7. After the driver airbag has been assembled, try pulling the trim cover and the airbag housing away from each other. This action will fully seat the edges of the windows into the cradles of the hooks and engage the side walls of the trim cover receptacle under the engagement tabs.
8. Before reinstalling the airbag onto the steering wheel, check that the blocking tab (4) in each of the trim cover (1) windows is oriented over the airbag housing hook (3), and the engagement tab (2) on each side of the housing is oriented over the side wall of the trim cover receptacle as shown. 9. Reinstall the driver airbag onto the steering wheel. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS/DRIVER AIRBAG - INSTALLATION).
INSTALLATION
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, use extreme care to prevent any foreign material from entering the driver airbag, or becoming entrapped between the driver airbag cushion and the driver airbag trim cover. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbag deployment.
WK
8O - 453
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, the driver airbag trim cover must never be painted. Replacement airbags are serviced with trim covers in the original colors. Paint may change the way in which the material of the trim cover responds to an airbag deployment. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbag deployment. NOTE: The following procedure is for replacement of a faulty or damaged driver airbag. If the airbag is faulty or damaged, but not deployed, review the recommended procedures for handling non-deployed supplemental restraints. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - HANDLING NONDEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS). If the driver airbag has been deployed, review the recommended procedures for service after a supplemental restraint deployment before removing the airbag from the vehicle. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT). 1. Position the driver airbag (1) close enough to the steering wheel to reconnect the electrical connections on the back of the airbag housing. 2. When installing the driver airbag, reconnect the two clockspring driver airbag pigtail wire connectors to the airbag inflator connector receptacles (5) by pressing straight in on the connectors, then pushing the locks straight into the connectors. Be certain to engage each keyed and color-coded connector to the matching connector receptacle. You can be certain that the connector is fully engaged by listening carefully for a distinct, audible click as the connector latches snap into place. 3. Reconnect the driver airbag jumper harness connector (2) for the horn switch and the cruise control switches on the back of the driver airbag trim cover to the clockspring. 4. Carefully position the driver airbag in the steering wheel (3). Be certain that the clockspring pigtail wires and the driver airbag jumper harness are not pinched between the driver airbag and the steering wheel armature. NOTE: It will be necessary to rotate the steering wheel to orient each of the two spokes to which the airbag is secured alternately toward the bottom of the steering column in order to access the fasteners. 5. From the underside of the steering wheel, install and tighten the two screws (4) that secure the driver airbag to the steering wheel armature. Tighten the screws to 10 Nm (90 in. lbs.). 6. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at this time. The supplemental restraint system verification test procedure should be performed following service of any supplemental restraint system component. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - VERIFICATION TEST).
8O - 454
WK
IMPACT SENSOR
DESCRIPTION FRONT
Two front impact sensors (1) are used on this model, one each for the left and right sides of the vehicle. These sensors are mounted remotely from the impact sensor that is internal to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC). Each front sensor is secured with two flanged hex nuts to two studs on the backs of the right and left vertical members of the radiator support within the engine compartment. The sensor housing has an integral connector receptacle (2), an integral anti-rotation pin (3), and two integral mounting holes (4) with metal sleeves to provide crush protection.
The right and left front impact sensors are identical in construction and calibration. A label on the sensor is imprinted with an arrow, which should always be pointed forward in the vehicle. A cavity in the center of the molded plastic impact sensor housing contains the electronic circuitry of the sensor which includes an electronic communication chip and an electronic impact sensor. Potting material fills the cavity and a stamped cover (5) is crimped over the cavity to seal and protect the internal electronic circuitry and components. The front impact sensors are each connected to the vehicle electrical system through a dedicated take out and connector of the headlamp and dash wire harness. The impact sensors cannot be repaired or adjusted and, if damaged or faulty, they must be replaced.
SIDE
Four side impact sensors (2) are used on this model when it is equipped with the optional side curtain airbags, two each for the left and right sides of the vehicle. These sensors are mounted remotely from the impact sensor that is internal to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC). Each side sensor is secured with two screws to the inner right or left B-pillar and C-pillar beneath the trim within the passenger compartment. The sensor housing has an integral connector receptacle (3), an integral anti-rotation pin (4), and two integral mounting holes (1) with metal sleeves to provide crush protection.
WK
8O - 455
The right and left side impact sensors are identical in construction and calibration. A label on the sensor is imprinted with an arrow, which should always be pointed forward in the vehicle. A cavity in the center of the molded plastic impact sensor housing contains the electronic circuitry of the sensor which includes an electronic communication chip and an electronic impact sensor. Potting material fills the cavity and a stamped cover (5) is crimped over the cavity to seal and protect the internal electronic circuitry and components. The side impact sensors are each connected to the vehicle electrical system through a dedicated take out and connector of the body wire harness. The impact sensors cannot be repaired or adjusted and, if damaged or faulty, they must be replaced.
OPERATION FRONT
The front impact sensors are electronic accelerometers that sense the rate of vehicle deceleration, which provides verification of the direction and severity of an impact. Each sensor also contains an electronic communication chip that allows the unit to communicate the sensor status as well as sensor fault information to the microprocessor in the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC). The ORC microprocessor continuously monitors all of the passive restraint system electrical circuits to determine the system readiness. If the ORC detects a monitored system fault, it sets a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and controls the airbag indicator operation accordingly. The impact sensors each receive battery current and ground through dedicated left and right sensor plus and minus circuits from the ORC. The impact sensors and the ORC communicate by modulating the voltage in the sensor plus circuit. The hard wired circuits between the front impact sensors and the ORC may be diagnosed and tested using conventional diagnostic tools and procedures. However, conventional diagnostic methods will not prove conclusive in the diagnosis of the ORC, the impact sensors, or the electronic message inputs to or outputs from the impact sensors. The most reliable, efficient, and accurate means to diagnose the impact sensors, the ORC, and the electronic message communication between the sensors and the ORC requires the use of a diagnostic scan tool. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information.
SIDE
The side impact sensors are electronic accelerometers that sense the rate of vehicle deceleration, which provides verification of the direction and severity of an impact. Each sensor also contains an electronic communication chip that allows the unit to communicate the sensor status as well as sensor fault information to the microprocessor in the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC). The ORC microprocessor continuously monitors all of the side passive restraint system electrical circuits to determine the system readiness. If the ORC detects a monitored system fault, it sets a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and controls the airbag indicator operation accordingly. The impact sensors each receive battery current and ground through the same left or right sensor plus and minus circuits in a series arrangement from the ORC. The impact sensors and the ORC communicate by modulating the voltage in the sensor plus circuit. The hard wired circuits between the side impact sensors, and those between the sensors and the ORC may be diagnosed and tested using conventional diagnostic tools and procedures. However, conventional diagnostic methods will not prove conclusive in the diagnosis of the ORC, the impact sensors, or the electronic message inputs to or outputs from the impact sensors. The most reliable, efficient, and accurate means to diagnose the impact sensors, the ORC, and the electronic message communication between the sensors and the ORC requires the use of a diagnostic scan tool. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information.
REMOVAL FRONT
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment.
8O - 456
WK
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, never strike or drop the front impact sensor, as it can damage the impact sensor or affect its calibration. The front impact sensor enables the system to deploy the front supplemental restraints. If an impact sensor is accidentally dropped during service, the sensor must be scrapped and replaced with a new unit. Failure to observe this warning could result in accidental, incomplete, or improper front supplemental restraint deployment. NOTE: The front and side impact sensors are interchangeable. 1. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable. Wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before further service. 2. Remove the two nuts (1) that secure the right or left front impact sensor (2) to the studs on the back of the right or left radiator support vertical member. 3. Disconnect the headlamp and dash wire harness connector (3) from the sensor connector receptacle. 4. Remove the right or left front impact sensor from the engine compartment.
SIDE - B-PILLAR
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, never strike or drop the side impact sensor, as it can damage the impact sensor or affect its calibration. The side impact sensor enables the system to deploy the side curtain supplemental restraints. If an impact sensor is accidentally dropped during service, the sensor must be scrapped and replaced with a new unit. Failure to observe this warning could result in accidental, incomplete, or improper front supplemental restraint deployment. NOTE: The front and side impact sensors are interchangeable.
WK
1. Adjust the driver or passenger side front seat to its most forward position for easiest access to the B-pillar trim. 2. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable. Wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before further service. 3. Remove the trim from the inside of the lower right or left B-pillar (1). (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/ B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM - REMOVAL). 4. Remove the two screws (3) that secure the side impact sensor (2) to the lower B-pillar. 5. Disconnect the body wire harness connector (4) from the sensor connector receptacle. 6. Remove the sensor from the B-pillar.
8O - 457
SIDE - C-PILLAR
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, never strike or drop the side impact sensor, as it can damage the impact sensor or affect its calibration. The side impact sensor enables the system to deploy the side curtain supplemental restraints. If an impact sensor is accidentally dropped during service, the sensor must be scrapped and replaced with a new unit. Failure to observe this warning could result in accidental, incomplete, or improper front supplemental restraint deployment. NOTE: The front and side impact sensors are interchangeable.
8O - 458
WK
1. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable. Wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before further service. 2. Remove the quarter trim panel from the lower C-pillar. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/QUARTER TRIM PANEL - REMOVAL). 3. Remove the two screws (3) that secure the side impact sensor (2) to the C-pillar (1). 4. Disconnect the body wire harness connector (4) from the sensor connector receptacle. 5. Remove the sensor from the C-pillar.
INSTALLATION FRONT
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, never strike or drop the front impact sensor, as it can damage the impact sensor or affect its calibration. The front impact sensor enables the system to deploy the front supplemental restraints. If an impact sensor is accidentally dropped during service, the sensor must be scrapped and replaced with a new unit. Failure to observe this warning could result in accidental, incomplete, or improper front supplemental restraint deployment. NOTE: The front and side impact sensors are interchangeable. 1. Position the right or left front impact sensor (2) into the engine compartment. 2. Reconnect the headlamp and dash wire harness connector (3) to the sensor connector receptacle. 3. Carefully position the sensor onto the studs on the back of the right or left radiator support vertical member. Be certain that the anti-rotation pin on the back of the sensor is engaged in the center clearance hole of the radiator support and the arrow on the sensor label is pointed forward in the vehicle. 4. Install and tighten the two nuts that secure the sensor to the back of the support vertical member. Tighten the nuts to 8 Nm (70 in. lbs.). 5. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at this time. The supplemental restraint system verification test procedure should be performed following service of any supplemental restraint system compo-
WK
SIDE - B-PILLAR
8O - 459
nent. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - VERIFICATION TEST).
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, never strike or drop the side impact sensor, as it can damage the impact sensor or affect its calibration. The side impact sensor enables the system to deploy the side curtain supplemental restraints. If an impact sensor is accidentally dropped during service, the sensor must be scrapped and replaced with a new unit. Failure to observe this warning could result in accidental, incomplete, or improper front supplemental restraint deployment. NOTE: The front and side impact sensors are interchangeable. 1. Position the side impact sensor near the inner B-pillar. 2. Reconnect the body wire harness connector (4) to the sensor connector receptacle. 3. Position the sensor onto the inner B-pillar. Be certain that the anti-rotation pin on the back of the sensor is engaged in the clearance hole of the B-pillar. 4. Install and tighten the two screws that secure the sensor to the inner B-pillar. Tighten the screws to 8 Nm (70 in. lbs.). 5. Reinstall the lower trim onto the inside of the B-pillar. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM - INSTALLATION). 6. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at this time. The supplemental restraint system verification test procedure should be performed following service of any supplemental restraint system component. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS STANDARD PROCEDURE - VERIFICATION TEST).
8O - 460
WK
SIDE - C-PILLAR
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, never strike or drop the side impact sensor, as it can damage the impact sensor or affect its calibration. The side impact sensor enables the system to deploy the side curtain supplemental restraints. If an impact sensor is accidentally dropped during service, the sensor must be scrapped and replaced with a new unit. Failure to observe this warning could result in accidental, incomplete, or improper front supplemental restraint deployment. NOTE: The front and side impact sensors are interchangeable. 1. Position the side impact sensor (2) near the inner C-pillar (1). 2. Reconnect the body wire harness connector (4) to the sensor connector receptacle. 3. Position the sensor onto the inner C-pillar. Be certain that the anti-rotation pin on the back of the sensor is engaged in the clearance hole of the C-pillar. 4. Install and tighten the two screws (3) that secure the sensor to the inner C-pillar. Tighten the screws to 8 Nm (70 in. lbs.). 5. Reinstall the quarter trim panel onto the lower C-pillar. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/QUARTER TRIM PANEL - INSTALLATION). 6. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at this time. The supplemental restraint system verification test procedure should be performed following service of any supplemental restraint system component. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - VERIFICATION TEST).
WK
DESCRIPTION
The Occupant Classification Module (OCM) (1) is secured with two screws to a mount on the underside of the passenger side front seat cushion frame near the inboard front corner. Concealed within a hollow in the center of the molded plastic OCM housing is a microprocessor and the other electronic circuitry of the module. The module housing is sealed to enclose and protect the internal electronic circuitry. The OCM software is flash programmable. Two mounting tabs (2) and two connector receptacles (3) are integral to the OCM housing. The connector receptacles contain terminal pins that connect the OCM to the vehicle electrical system through a dedicated take out and connector of the passenger side front seat wire harness, and a second take out and connector of the body wire harness.
8O - 461
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE
A non-calibrated OCM is available for separate service replacement. The OCM and all of the other components of the Occupant Classification System (OCS) including the passenger side front seat, the seat weight sensors, the passenger or driver seat track position sensor and the seat adjusters, cushion, back, frame, foam, springs, and wiring harness are a factory-calibrated and assembled unit. Any time any one of these components is removed or replaced for any reason, the OCM must be re-calibrated using a diagnostic scan tool, the Occupant Classification Seat Weight special tool, and the Occupant Classification System Verification Test. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic procedures. The OCM cannot be adjusted or repaired and, if damaged or faulty, it must be replaced.
OPERATION
The microprocessor in the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) contains the Occupant Classification System (OCS) logic circuits. The OCM uses On-Board Diagnostics (OBD) and can communicate with other electronic modules in the vehicle as well as with the diagnostic scan tool using the Controller Area Network (CAN) data bus. This method of communication is also used for OCS diagnosis and testing through the 16-way data link connector located on the driver side lower edge of the instrument panel. The OCM provides voltage to the four seat weight sensors located on the corners of the passenger side front seat, and to the seat track position sensors on the outboard passenger and driver side front seat upper seat tracks. The OCM then monitors return inputs from each of the sensors on dedicated hard wired data communication circuits. The seat weight sensor input allows the OCM to determine whether the passenger side front seat is occupied and the relative size of the occupant by providing a weight-sensing reference to the load on the seat. The seat track position sensor provides an additional logic input to the OCM microprocessor that allows it to determine the position of the front seat passenger and driver relative to the front airbags. Pre-programmed decision algorithms and OCS calibration allow the OCM microprocessor to determine when passenger airbag protection is appropriate based upon the seat load as signaled by the seat weight sensors. When the programmed conditions are met, the OCM sends the proper electronic occupant classification messages over the CAN data bus to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC), and the ORC enables or disables the deployment circuits for the passenger front supplemental restraints. The ORC also provides a control output for the passenger airbag on/off indicator in the instrument panel based upon the electronic occupant classification messages it receives from the OCM. The OCM also sends electronic driver and passenger seat track position messages to the ORC over the CAN data bus. The ORC uses the seat track position data as an additional logic input for determining the force level with which to deploy the multistage front airbags. The OCM microprocessor continuously monitors all of the OCS electrical circuits and components to determine the system readiness. If the OCM detects a monitored system fault, it sets an active and stored Diagnostic Trouble
8O - 462
WK
Code (DTC) and sends the appropriate electronic messages to the ORC over the CAN data bus. Then the ORC sets a DTC and sends messages to control the airbag indicator operation accordingly. An active fault only remains for the duration of the fault, or in some cases for the duration of the current ignition switch cycle, while a stored fault causes a DTC to be stored in memory by the OCM and the ORC. For some DTCs, if a fault does not recur for a number of ignition cycles, the OCM will automatically erase the stored DTC. For other internal faults, the stored DTC is latched forever. The OCM receives battery current on a fused ignition switch output (run-start) circuit through a fuse in the Junction Block (JB). The OCM receives ground through a ground circuit and take out of the body wire harness. These connections allow the OCM to be operational whenever the ignition switch is in the Start or On positions. The hard wired inputs and outputs for the OCM may be diagnosed and tested using conventional diagnostic tools and procedures. However, conventional diagnostic methods will not prove conclusive in the diagnosis of the OCM, the CAN data bus, or the electronic message inputs to and outputs from the OCM. The most reliable, efficient, and accurate means to diagnose the OCM, the CAN data bus network, and the electronic message inputs to and outputs from the OCM requires the use of a diagnostic scan tool. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information.
REMOVAL
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. NOTE: A non-calibrated Occupant Classification Module (OCM) is available for separate service replacement. The OCM and all of the other components of the Occupant Classification System (OCS) including the passenger side front seat, the seat weight sensors, the passenger or driver seat track position sensor and the seat adjusters, cushion, back, frame, foam, springs, and wiring harness are a factory-calibrated and assembled unit. Any time any one of these components is removed or replaced for any reason, the OCM must be re-calibrated using a diagnostic scan tool, the Occupant Classification Seat Weight special tool, and the Occupant Classification System Verification Test. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic procedures. 1. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable. Wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before further service. 2. Remove the passenger side front seat from the vehicle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/SEAT FRONT - REMOVAL). 3. Disconnect the seat wire harness (2) connector from the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) connector receptacle (3) located on the forward facing side of the module. 4. Remove the two screws (4) that secure the OCM to the bracket (1) on the underside of the passenger side front seat cushion frame. 5. Remove the OCM from the passenger side front seat.
WK
INSTALLATION
8O - 463
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. NOTE: A non-calibrated Occupant Classification Module (OCM) is available for separate service replacement. The OCM and all of the other components of the Occupant Classification System (OCS) including the passenger side front seat, the seat weight sensors, the passenger or driver seat track position sensor and the seat adjusters, cushion, back, frame, foam, springs, and wiring harness are a factory-calibrated and assembled unit. Any time any one of these components is removed or replaced for any reason, the OCM must be re-calibrated using a diagnostic scan tool, the Occupant Classification Seat Weight special tool, and the Occupant Classification System Verification Test. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic procedures. 1. Carefully position the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) to the bracket (1) on the underside of the passenger side front seat cushion frame. When the OCM is correctly positioned, the connector receptacles (3) on the module will be pointed forward in the vehicle. 2. Install and tighten the two screws (4) that secure the OCM to the bracket. Tighten the screws to 2 Nm (20 in. lbs.). 3. Reconnect the seat wire harness (2) connector to the OCM connector receptacle located on the outboard side of the module. Be certain that the latch on the connector is fully engaged. 4. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at this time. The supplemental restraint system verification test procedure should be performed following service of any supplemental restraint system component. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS STANDARD PROCEDURE - VERIFICATION TEST). 5. Following successful completion of the supplemental restraint system verification test procedure, perform the Occupant Classification System Verification Test using a diagnostic scan tool. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic procedures.
MODULE-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER

REMOVAL
8O - 464
WK
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, never strike or drop the occupant restraint controller, as it can damage the impact sensor or affect its calibration. The occupant restraint controller contains the impact sensor, which enables the system to deploy the supplemental restraints. If an occupant restraint controller is accidentally dropped during service, the module must be scrapped and replaced with a new unit. Failure to observe this warning could result in accidental, incomplete, or improper supplemental restraint deployment. CAUTION: On vehicles equipped with the Occupant Classification System (OCS), never replace both the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) and the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) at the same time. If both require replacement, replace one. Then perform the supplemental restraint verification test before replacing the other. Both the ORC and the OCM store OCS calibration data, which they transfer to one another when one of them is replaced. If both are replaced at the same time, an irreversible fault will be set in both modules. NOTE: Two different Occupant Restraint Controllers (ORC) are available for this vehicle. For vehicles equipped with the optional side curtain airbags, both ORC connector receptacles are black in color and the ORC contains a second bi-directional safing sensor for the side airbags. For vehicles not equipped with the optional side curtain airbags, the ORC connector receptacles are gray. 1. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable. Wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before further service. 2. Remove the center console from the top of the floor panel transmission tunnel (1). (Refer to 23 BODY/INTERIOR/FLOOR CONSOLE REMOVAL). 3. Disconnect the instrument panel (3) and body (4) wire harness connectors from the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) (4) connector receptacles located on the forward facing side of the module. To disconnect the connectors from the ORC: a. Slide the red Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lock on the top of the connector toward the front of the vehicle. b. Depress the edge of the CPA lock closest to the ORC to release the connector latch tab and pull the connector straight away from the ORC connector receptacle.
WK
4. Remove the three screws (2) that secure the ORC (3) to the ORC mount welded onto the top of the floor panel transmission tunnel (1). 5. Remove the ORC from the ORC mount.
8O - 465
INSTALLATION
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, never strike or drop the occupant restraint controller, as it can damage the impact sensor or affect its calibration. The occupant restraint controller contains the impact sensor, which enables the system to deploy the supplemental restraints. If an occupant restraint controller is accidentally dropped during service, the module must be scrapped and replaced with a new unit. Failure to observe this warning could result in accidental, incomplete, or improper supplemental restraint deployment. CAUTION: On vehicles equipped with the Occupant Classification System (OCS), never replace both the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) and the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) at the same time. If both require replacement, replace one. Then perform the supplemental restraint verification test before replacing the other. Both the ORC and the OCM store OCS calibration data, which they transfer to one another when one of them is replaced. If both are replaced at the same time, an irreversible fault will be set in both modules. NOTE: Two different Occupant Restraint Controllers (ORC) are available for this vehicle. For vehicles equipped with the optional side curtain airbags, both ORC connector receptacles are black in color and the ORC contains a second bi-directional safing sensor for the side airbags. For vehicles not equipped with the optional side curtain airbags, the ORC connector receptacles are gray.
8O - 466
WK
1. Carefully position the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) (3) onto the ORC mount on the floor panel transmission tunnel (1). The bottom of the ORC housing is keyed. When the ORC is correctly positioned, the bottom of the housing will fit flush with the mount and the orientation arrow on the label on top of the housing will be pointed forward in the vehicle. 2. Install and tighten the three screws (2) that secure the ORC to the ORC mount that is welded onto the floor panel transmission tunnel. Tighten the screws to 14 Nm (10 ft. lbs.).
3. Reconnect the instrument panel (3) and body (4) wire harness connectors to the ORC (2) connector receptacles located on the forward facing side of the module. Be certain that the latches and the red CPA locks on both connectors are each fully engaged. 4. Reinstall the center console onto the top of the floor panel transmission tunnel (1). (Refer to 23 BODY/INTERIOR/FLOOR CONSOLE - INSTALLATION). 5. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at this time. The supplemental restraint system verification test procedure should be performed following service of any supplemental restraint system component. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS STANDARD PROCEDURE - VERIFICATION TEST).
WK
PASSENGER AIRBAG
DESCRIPTION
The horizontal surface of the instrument panel top pad (1) above the glove box is the most visible part of the passenger airbag. The passenger airbag door is integral to the top of the instrument panel top pad above the glove box opening on the instrument panel in front of the front seat passenger seating position.
8O - 467
Located below the passenger airbag door area of the instrument panel top pad, the molded thermoplastic passenger airbag retainer is secured to the underside of the top pad. The retainer defines the airbag door breakout area of the top pad and serves as the receptacle for the passenger airbag cushion and housing. Numerous small window openings on the forward and rearward flanges of the receptacle receive mating hook formations stamped into the airbag housing, which locate and secure the housing to the top pad.
8O - 468
WK
The passenger airbag unit (1) is also secured by two screws through a stamped mounting bracket (3) to the instrument panel structural support. The passenger airbag unit used in this model is a multistage type that complies with revised federal airbag standards to deploy with less force than those used in some prior models. The passenger airbag unit consists of a stamped and welded metal housing, the airbag cushion, and the airbag inflator (5). The airbag housing contains the airbag inflator and the folded airbag cushion. An approximately 80 centimeter (31.5 inch) wide by 90 centimeter (35.5 inch) high rectangular fabric cushion is used.
The airbag inflator (5 is a non-azide, pyrotechnic-type unit that is secured to and sealed within the airbag housing. A short four-wire pigtail harness with a keyed, yellow connector insulator (4) connects the two inflator initiators (2) to the vehicle electrical system through a dedicated take out and connector of the instrument panel wire harness. The passenger airbag cannot be repaired, and must be replaced if deployed, faulty, or in any way damaged. The passenger airbag door and retainer are serviced only as a unit with the instrument panel top pad. If the passenger airbag is deployed, the instrument panel top pad must also be replaced.
OPERATION
The multistage passenger airbag is deployed by electrical signals generated by the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) through the passenger airbag squib 1 and squib 2 circuits to the two initiators in the airbag inflator. By using two initiators, the airbag can be deployed at multiple levels of force. The force level is controlled by the ORC to suit the monitored impact conditions by providing one of four delay intervals between the electrical signals provided to the two initiators. The longer the delay between these signals, the less forcefully the airbag will deploy. When the ORC sends the proper electrical signals to each initiator, the electrical energy generates enough heat to initiate a small pyrotechnic charge which, in turn ignites chemical pellets within the inflator. Once ignited, these chemical pellets burn rapidly and produce a large quantity of inert gas. The inflator is sealed to the airbag cushion and a diffuser in the inflator directs all of the inert gas into the airbag cushion, causing the cushion to inflate. As the cushion inflates, the passenger airbag door area of the instrument panel top pad will split at predetermined tear seam lines concealed on the underside of the top pad, then the door will pivot up over the top of the instrument panel and out of the way. Following an airbag deployment, the airbag cushion quickly deflates by venting the inert gas through vent holes within the fabric used to construct the back (windshield side) of the airbag cushion. Typically, both initiators are used during an airbag deployment event. However, it is possible for only one initiator to be used during a deployment due to an airbag system fault; therefore, it is necessary to always confirm that both initiators have been used in order to avoid the improper disposal of potentially live pyrotechnic materials. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT).
REMOVAL
WK
8O - 469
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, when removing a deployed airbag, rubber gloves, eye protection, and a long-sleeved shirt should be worn. There may be deposits on the airbag unit and other interior surfaces. In large doses, these deposits may cause irritation to the skin and eyes. NOTE: The following procedure is for replacement of a faulty or damaged passenger airbag. If the airbag is faulty or damaged, but not deployed, review the recommended procedures for handling non-deployed supplemental restraints. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - HANDLING NONDEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS). If the passenger airbag has been deployed, review the recommended procedures for service after a supplemental restraint deployment before removing the airbag from the vehicle. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT). 1. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable. Wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before further service. 2. Remove the instrument panel from the passenger compartment of the vehicle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/ INSTRUMENT PANEL/INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY - REMOVAL). 3. Place the instrument panel on a suitable work surface with the top pad facing down. If the top pad will be reused, be certain to take the proper precautions to prevent the top cover from receiving cosmetic damage during the following procedures. 4. Disconnect the passenger airbag pigtail wire connector from the instrument panel wire harness connector for the airbag. This connector is secured to the passenger airbag mounting bracket. To disconnect the connector: a. Slide the red Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lock on the top of the connector toward the side of the connector. b. Depress 5. Remove the (2). 6. Remove the PANEL TOP the connector latch tab and pull the two halves of the connector straight away from each other. two screws (1) that secure the airbag mounting bracket to the instrument panel structural support top pad from the instrument panel. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INSTRUMENT PANEL/INSTRUMENT COVER - REMOVAL).
8O - 470
WK
7. Disengage each of the hooks (2) of the airbag housing from the windows in the forward and rearward vertical walls of the airbag retainer (1) on the underside of the top pad. To disengage the hooks, use hand pressure to push the adjacent edge of the airbag housing firmly and evenly downward into the retainer receptacle, while at the same time pulling outward on the upper edge of the receptacle wall. 8. With all of the hooks disengaged, lift the housing, inflator, and cushion as a unit from the retainer receptacle on underside of the instrument panel top pad.
INSTALLATION
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, when removing a deployed airbag, rubber gloves, eye protection, and a long-sleeved shirt should be worn. There may be deposits on the airbag unit and other interior surfaces. In large doses, these deposits may cause irritation to the skin and eyes. WARNING: Use extreme care to prevent any foreign material from entering the passenger airbag, or becoming entrapped between the passenger airbag cushion and the instrument panel top pad. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbag deployment. WARNING: The instrument panel top pad must never be painted. Replacement top pads are serviced in the original colors. Paint may change the way in which the material of the top pad responds to an airbag deployment. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbag deployment. WARNING: Use extreme care to prevent any foreign material from entering the passenger airbag, or becoming entrapped between the passenger airbag cushion and the passenger airbag door provision of the instrument panel top pad. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbag deployment. NOTE: The following procedure is for replacement of a faulty or damaged passenger airbag. If the airbag is faulty or damaged, but not deployed, review the recommended procedures for handling non-deployed supplemental restraints. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - HANDLING NONDEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS). If the passenger airbag has been deployed, review the recommended procedures for service after a supplemental restraint deployment before removing the airbag from the vehicle. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT).
WK
1. Place the instrument panel top pad on a suitable work surface with the airbag retainer (1) receptacle facing up. Be certain to take the proper precautions to prevent the top pad from receiving cosmetic damage during the following procedures. 2. Carefully position the passenger airbag housing into the airbag retainer receptacle. 3. Work around the perimeter of the unit engaging each of the hooks (2) on the passenger airbag housing through the windows in the forward and rearward vertical walls of the retainer receptacle. 4. Reinstall the top pad onto the instrument panel. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INSTRUMENT PANEL/INSTRUMENT PANEL TOP COVER INSTALLATION).
8O - 471
5. Install and tighten the two screws (1) that secure the airbag mounting bracket to the instrument panel structural support (2). Tighten the screws to 12 Nm (105 in. lbs.). 6. Reconnect the passenger airbag pigtail wire connector to the instrument panel wire harness connector for the airbag. This connector is secured to the outside of the outboard airbag unit end bracket. Be certain that the latch on the connector and the red Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lock are each fully engaged. 7. Reinstall the instrument panel into the passenger compartment of the vehicle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/ INSTRUMENT PANEL/INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY - INSTALLATION). 8. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at this time. The supplemental restraint system verification test procedure should be performed following service of any supplemental restraint system component. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - VERIFICATION TEST).
8O - 472
WK
PASS AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATOR

DESCRIPTION
Vehicles equipped with the Occupant Classification System (OCS) include a passenger airbag on/off indicator (3), which is located in the right outboard end of the upper switch pod (2) near the top of the instrument panel lower center bezel (1). The passenger airbag on/off indicator consists of a molded plastic housing and a rectangular dark translucent outer lens. The opaque text PASS AIRBAG OFF and an opaque International Control and Display Symbol icon for Passenger Airbag Off or Not Available are imprinted on the back of the lens within the indicator. The dark outer lens prevents the indicator text and icon from being clearly visible when it is not illuminated. An amber Light Emitting Diode (LED) behind the lens causes the PASS AIRBAG OFF text and icon to appear silhouetted against an amber field through the translucent lens when the indicator is illuminated from behind by the LED. The passenger airbag on/off indicator cannot be repaired or adjusted and, if faulty or damaged, the upper switch pod unit must be replaced. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/INSTRUMENT CLUSTER/INSTRUMENT PANEL SWITCH POD UPPER - REMOVAL).
OPERATION
In the Occupant Classification System (OCS), the passenger airbag on/off indicator gives an indication when the passenger airbag and seat belt tensioner deployment circuits are disabled by the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC). This indicator is controlled by a transistor within the ORC through a hard wired output based upon ORC programming and electronic occupant classification messages received by the ORC over the Controller Area Network (CAN) data bus from the Occupant Classification Module (OCM). The passenger airbag on/off indicator Light Emitting Diode (LED) is completely controlled by the ORC. The LED receives a battery current input on the fused ignition switch output (run-start) circuit. Therefore, the LED will always be off when the ignition switch is in any position except On or Start. The LED only illuminates when it is provided a path to ground by the ORC transistor. The ORC will turn on the passenger airbag on/off indicator for the following reasons: Bulb Test - Each time the ignition switch is turned to the On position the passenger airbag on/off indicator is illuminated for about six seconds. Child Seat Detected (or Load Less Than Fifth Percentile Female) Occupant Classification Message Each time the ORC receives a message from the OCM indicating a child seat has been detected in the passenger side front seat (or that the seat load is less than that of a fifth percentile female) the passenger airbag and seat belt tensioner deployment circuits are deactivated and the passenger airbag on/off indicator will be illuminated. The indicator remains illuminated until the ORC receives an occupant classification message indicating that the passenger side front seat is empty, that the seat is occupied by a load equal to or greater than a fifth percentile female, or until the ignition switch is turned to the Off position, whichever occurs first. Load Undetermined Occupant Classification Message - Each time the ORC receives a message from the OCM indicating that a load cannot be determined in the passenger side front seat, the passenger airbag and seat belt tensioner deployment circuits are deactivated and the passenger airbag on/off indicator will be illuminated. The indicator remains illuminated until the ORC receives an occupant classification message indicating that the passenger side front seat is empty, that the seat is occupied by a load equal to or greater than a fifth percentile female, or until the ignition switch is turned to the Off position, whichever occurs first. Communication Error - If the ORC receives invalid occupant classification messages or no messages from the OCM, the passenger airbag on/off indicator is illuminated. The indicator remains illuminated until the ORC receives a valid message from the OCM indicating that the passenger side front seat is empty, that the seat is
WK
8O - 473
occupied by a load equal to or greater than a fifth percentile female, or until the ignition switch is turned to the Off position, whichever occurs first. The ORC continually monitors the occupant classification messages from the OCM to decide whether the passenger airbag and seat belt tensioner deployment circuits should be activated or deactivated. Note that there may be several seconds of delay between changes in the detected occupant status and passenger airbag on/off indications. This is a programmed feature of the OCM used to prevent a flashing indicator condition resulting from the normal shifting of occupant weight on the passenger seat cushion. The ORC then provides the proper control output to turn the passenger airbag on/off indicator on or off. The ORC will store a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) for any malfunction it detects. For proper diagnosis of the OCM, the ORC, the CAN data bus, or the electronic message inputs to the ORC that control the passenger airbag on/off indicator, a diagnostic scan tool is required. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information.
SEAT BELT BUCKLE

REMOVAL FRONT
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, during and following any seat belt or child restraint anchor service, carefully inspect all seat belts, buckles, mounting hardware, retractors, tether straps, and anchors for proper installation, operation, or damage. Replace any belt that is cut, frayed, or torn. Straighten any belt that is twisted. Tighten any loose fasteners. Replace any belt that has a damaged or inoperative buckle or retractor. Replace any belt that has a bent or damaged latch plate or anchor plate. Replace any child restraint anchor or the unit to which the anchor is integral that has been bent or damaged. Never attempt to repair a seat belt or child restraint component. Always replace damaged or faulty seat belt and child restraint components with the correct, new and unused replacement parts listed in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog. NOTE: The following procedure is for replacement of a faulty or damaged seat belt buckle unit. The front seat belt buckle also includes a seat belt tensioner. If the front seat belt buckle is faulty or damaged, but the seat belt tensioner is not deployed, review the recommended procedures for handling non-deployed supplemental restraints. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - HANDLING NONDEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS). If the seat belt tensioner has been deployed, review the recommended procedures for service after a supplemental restraint deployment before removing the unit from the vehicle. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT).
8O - 474
WK
1. Move the front seat to its most rearward position for easiest access to the front seat belt buckle lower anchor nut. 2. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable. Wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before further service. 3. Remove the console from the floor panel transmission tunnel. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/ FLOOR CONSOLE - REMOVAL). 4. Remove the side shield from the inboard side of the front seat cushion. (Refer to 23 - BODY/ SEATS/SEAT BACK CUSHION/COVER REMOVAL). 5. Disconnect the seat wire harness connector (2) from the seat belt tensioner initiator. 6. On the driver side only, disconnect the seat belt switch pigtail wire connector (3) from the seat wire harness connector for the seat belt switch. 7. Remove the nut (4) that secures the front seat belt buckle (1) lower anchor to the stud on the inboard side of the seat cushion frame. 8. Remove the seat belt buckle and tensioner from the front seat as a unit.
REAR
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, during and following any seat belt or child restraint anchor service, carefully inspect all seat belts, buckles, mounting hardware, retractors, tether straps, and anchors for proper installation, operation, or damage. Replace any belt that is cut, frayed, or torn. Straighten any belt that is twisted. Tighten any loose fasteners. Replace any belt that has a damaged or inoperative buckle or retractor. Replace any belt that has a bent or damaged latch plate or anchor plate. Replace any child restraint anchor or the unit to which the anchor is integral that has been bent or damaged. Never attempt to repair a seat belt or child restraint component. Always replace damaged or faulty seat belt and child restraint components with the correct, new and unused replacement parts listed in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog. 1. Remove the rear seat cushion from the vehicle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/REAR SEAT CUSHION - REMOVAL). 2. Remove the screw (1) that secures the rear seat back bracket (5) and the right outboard and center buckles (4) or the left buckle (3) and center seat belt (2) lower anchor to the rear floor panel. 3. Remove the rear seat belt buckle from the rear floor panel.
WK
INSTALLATION FRONT
8O - 475
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, during and following any seat belt or child restraint anchor service, carefully inspect all seat belts, buckles, mounting hardware, retractors, tether straps, and anchors for proper installation, operation, or damage. Replace any belt that is cut, frayed, or torn. Straighten any belt that is twisted. Tighten any loose fasteners. Replace any belt that has a damaged or inoperative buckle or retractor. Replace any belt that has a bent or damaged latch plate or anchor plate. Replace any child restraint anchor or the unit to which the anchor is integral that has been bent or damaged. Never attempt to repair a seat belt or child restraint component. Always replace damaged or faulty seat belt and child restraint components with the correct, new and unused replacement parts listed in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog. NOTE: The following procedure is for replacement of a faulty or damaged seat belt buckle unit. The front seat belt buckle also includes a seat belt tensioner. If the front seat belt buckle is faulty or damaged, but the seat belt tensioner is not deployed, review the recommended procedures for handling non-deployed supplemental restraints. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - HANDLING NONDEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS). If the seat belt tensioner has been deployed, review the recommended procedures for service after a supplemental restraint deployment before removing the unit from the vehicle. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT). 1. Position the front seat belt buckle and tensioner (1) lower anchor onto the stud on the inboard side of the seat cushion frame. 2. Install and tighten the nut that secures the front seat belt buckle lower anchor to the side of the front seat. Tighten the nut to 43 Nm (32 ft. lbs.). 3. On the driver side only, reconnect the seat belt switch pigtail wire connector (3) to the seat wire harness connector for the seat belt switch. 4. Reconnect the seat wire harness connector (2) to the seat belt tensioner initiator. 5. Reinstall the side shield onto the inboard side of the front seat cushion. (Refer to 23 - BODY/ SEATS/SEAT BACK CUSHION/COVER - INSTALLATION). 6. Reinstall the console onto the floor panel transmission tunnel. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/ FLOOR CONSOLE - INSTALLATION). 7. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at this time. The supplemental restraint system verification test procedure should be performed following service of any supplemental restraint system component. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - VERIFICATION TEST).
8O - 476
REAR
WK
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, during and following any seat belt or child restraint anchor service, carefully inspect all seat belts, buckles, mounting hardware, retractors, tether straps, and anchors for proper installation, operation, or damage. Replace any belt that is cut, frayed, or torn. Straighten any belt that is twisted. Tighten any loose fasteners. Replace any belt that has a damaged or inoperative buckle or retractor. Replace any belt that has a bent or damaged latch plate or anchor plate. Replace any child restraint anchor or the unit to which the anchor is integral that has been bent or damaged. Never attempt to repair a seat belt or child restraint component. Always replace damaged or faulty seat belt and child restraint components with the correct, new and unused replacement parts listed in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog. 1. Position the right outboard and center buckles (4) or the left buckle (3) and center seat belt (2) lower anchor to the rear seat back bracket (5) on the rear floor panel. 2. Install and tighten the screw (1) that secures the rear seat belt buckle to the rear floor panel. Tighten the screw to 50 Nm (37 ft. lbs.). 3. Reinstall the rear seat cushion into the vehicle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/REAR SEAT CUSHION - INSTALLATION).
SEAT BELT & RETRACTOR

REMOVAL FRONT
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, during and following any seat belt or child restraint anchor service, carefully inspect all seat belts, buckles, mounting hardware, retractors, tether straps, and anchors for proper installation, operation, or damage. Replace any belt that is cut, frayed, or torn. Straighten any belt that is twisted. Tighten any loose fasteners. Replace any belt that has a damaged or inoperative buckle or retractor. Replace any belt that has a bent or damaged latch plate or anchor plate. Replace any child restraint anchor or the unit to which the anchor is integral that has been bent or damaged. Never attempt to repair a seat belt or child restraint component. Always replace damaged or faulty seat belt and child restraint components with the correct, new and unused replacement parts listed in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog.
WK
1. Adjust the front seat to its most forward position for easiest access to the front seat belt lower anchor cover (1) and the B-pillar trim. 2. Grasp the upper edge of the lower anchor cover and pull upward to unsnap it from the front seat cushion outboard side shield. 3. Remove the screw (2) that secures the lower anchor to the outboard side of the front seat cushion frame.
8O - 477
4. Firmly grasp the lower end of the turning loop trim cover on the upper B-pillar and pull it straight out to unsnap it from the height adjuster, then lift the bottom of the cover upward and pull outward to disengage the upper tabs from the adjuster.
8O - 478
WK
5. Remove the screw (3) that secures the seat belt turning loop (4) to the height adjuster (10). 6. Remove the seat belt turning loop from the height adjuster. 7. Remove the upper trim from the inside of the B-pillar (9). (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM - REMOVAL). 8. Unsnap and remove the cover (5) from above the seat belt opening in the B-pillar trim (2). 9. Remove the trim from the lower B-pillar. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL). 10. Pull the front seat belt turning loop and lower anchor through the seat belt opening in the lower B-pillar trim. 11. Remove the screw (7) that secures the retractor (6) lower bracket to the base of the inner B-pillar. 12. Remove the front seat belt and retractor from the vehicle as a unit.
REAR OUTBOARD
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, during and following any seat belt or child restraint anchor service, carefully inspect all seat belts, buckles, mounting hardware, retractors, tether straps, and anchors for proper installation, operation, or damage. Replace any belt that is cut, frayed, or torn. Straighten any belt that is twisted. Tighten any loose fasteners. Replace any belt that has a damaged or inoperative buckle or retractor. Replace any belt that has a bent or damaged latch plate or anchor plate. Replace any child restraint anchor or the unit to which the anchor is integral that has been bent or damaged. Never attempt to repair a seat belt or child restraint component. Always replace damaged or faulty seat belt and child restraint components with the correct, new and unused replacement parts listed in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog. 1. Remove the rear seat cushion from the vehicle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/REAR SEAT CUSHION - REMOVAL). 2. Loosen the screw (3) that secures the rear outboard seat belt lower anchor and the rear seat back bracket to the rear floor panel. 3. Disengage the lower anchor from the loosened screw. 4. Remove the upper trim from the inside of the C-pillar. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/C-PILLAR TRIM - REMOVAL). 5. Disengage the seat belt lower anchor from the seat belt opening in the upper C-pillar trim. 6. Remove the trim (5) from the quarter inner panel. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/QUARTER TRIM PANEL - REMOVAL). 7. Remove the screw (2) that secures the seat belt turning loop to the upper C-pillar.
WK
8O - 479
8. Remove the seat belt turning loop from the upper C-pillar. 9. Remove the screw (4) that secures the retractor (1) to the lower C-pillar. 10. Disengage the retractor locator tab from the slot in the lower C-pillar. 11. Remove the rear outboard seat belt and retractor from the lower C-pillar as a unit.
REAR CENTER
WARNING: During and following any seat belt or child restraint anchor service, carefully inspect all seat belts, buckles, mounting hardware, retractors, tether straps, and anchors for proper installation, operation, or damage. Replace any belt that is cut, frayed, or torn. Straighten any belt that is twisted. Tighten any loose fasteners. Replace any belt that has a damaged or inoperative buckle or retractor. Replace any belt that has a bent or damaged latch plate or anchor plate. Replace any child restraint anchor or the unit to which the anchor is integral that has been bent or damaged. Never attempt to repair a seat belt or child restraint component. Always replace damaged or faulty seat belt and child restraint components with the correct, new and unused replacement parts listed in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog. 1. Remove the left rear seat back panel (4) from the vehicle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/REAR SEAT BACK - REMOVAL). 2. Remove the trim from the left rear seat back. (Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/REAR SEAT BACK COVER - REMOVAL). 3. Disengage the seat belt lower anchor through the web guide loop integral to the top of the seat back panel. 4. Disengage the retractor lock cable (2) end fitting from the seat back latch mechanism (3) on the upper outboard corner of the seat back panel. 5. Disengage the lock cable from the back panel between the latch and the retractor (1).
6. Remove the screw (2) from the back of the seat back panel (1) that secures the retractor. 7. Remove the rear center seat belt and retractor unit from the front of the left seat back panel.
8O - 480
WK
INSTALLATION FRONT
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, during and following any seat belt or child restraint anchor service, carefully inspect all seat belts, buckles, mounting hardware, retractors, tether straps, and anchors for proper installation, operation, or damage. Replace any belt that is cut, frayed, or torn. Straighten any belt that is twisted. Tighten any loose fasteners. Replace any belt that has a damaged or inoperative buckle or retractor. Replace any belt that has a bent or damaged latch plate or anchor plate. Replace any child restraint anchor or the unit to which the anchor is integral that has been bent or damaged. Never attempt to repair a seat belt or child restraint component. Always replace damaged or faulty seat belt and child restraint components with the correct, new and unused replacement parts listed in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog. 1. Be certain that the retractor shield (8) is properly installed in the inner B-pillar (9) and in good condition before installing the retractor. 2. Position the retractor (6) into the vehicle as a unit. 3. Install and tighten the screw (7) that secures the retractor lower bracket to the base of the inner B-pillar. Tighten the screw to 39 Nm (29 ft. lbs.). 4. Route the front seat belt turning loop (4) and lower anchor through the seat belt opening in the lower B-pillar trim (2). 5. Reinstall the lower trim onto the B-pillar. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM INSTALLATION). 6. Reinstall the cover (5) into the upper seat belt opening in the B-pillar trim. 7. Reinstall the upper trim onto the inside of the B-pillar. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM - INSTALLATION). 8. Position the seat belt turning loop onto the height adjuster (10) on the upper B-pillar. Be certain that the seat belt webbing between the retractor and the turning loop is not twisted. 9. Install and tighten the screw (5) that secures the turning loop to the height adjuster. Tighten the screw to 39 Nm (29 ft. lbs.).
WK
10. Insert the upper tabs of the turning loop trim cover into the slots of the height adjuster on the upper B-pillar, then lower the bottom of the cover and use hand pressure to press firmly and evenly on the cover until it snaps into place.
8O - 481
11. Position the seat belt lower anchor to the mounting hole on the outboard side of the front seat cushion frame. Be certain that the seat belt webbing between the turning loop and the lower anchor is not twisted. 12. Install and tighten the screw (2) that secures the lower anchor to the seat. Tighten the screw to 39 Nm (29 ft. lbs.). 13. Reinstall the lower anchor cover (1) onto the front seat cushion outboard side shield.
REAR OUTBOARD
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, during and following any seat belt or child restraint anchor service, carefully inspect all seat belts, buckles, mounting hardware, retractors, tether straps, and anchors for proper installation, operation, or damage. Replace any belt that is cut, frayed, or torn. Straighten any belt that is twisted. Tighten any loose fasteners. Replace any belt that has a damaged or inoperative buckle or retractor. Replace any belt that has a bent or damaged latch plate or anchor plate. Replace any child restraint anchor or the unit to which the anchor is integral that has been bent or damaged. Never attempt to repair a seat belt or child restraint component. Always replace damaged or faulty seat belt and child restraint components with the correct, new and unused replacement parts listed in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog.
8O - 482
WK
1. Be certain that the retractor shield is properly installed in the inner C-pillar and in good condition before installing the retractor. 2. Position the rear seat belt and retractor (1) to the lower C-pillar. 3. Engage the locator tab on the back of the retractor into the slot in the lower C-pillar. 4. Install and tighten the screw (4) that secures the retractor to the lower C-pillar. Tighten the screw to 39 Nm (29 ft. lbs.). 5. Position the seat belt turning loop to the upper C-pillar. Be certain the seat belt webbing between the retractor and the turning loop is not twisted. 6. Install and tighten the screw (2) that secures the seat belt turning loop to the upper C-pillar. Tighten the screw to 39 Nm (29 ft. lbs.). 7. Reinstall the trim (5) onto the quarter inner panel. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/QUARTER TRIM PANEL - INSTALLATION). 8. Route the seat belt lower anchor through the seat belt opening in the upper C-pillar trim. 9. Reinstall the trim onto the upper C-pillar. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/C-PILLAR TRIM - INSTALLATION). 10. Engage the seat belt lower anchor under the loosened screw (3) that secures the rear seat back bracket to the rear floor panel. Be certain the seat belt webbing between the turning loop and the lower anchor is not twisted. 11. Tighten the screw that secures the lower anchor and the rear seat back bracket to the rear floor panel. Tighten the screw to 50 Nm (37 ft. lbs.). 12. Reinstall the rear seat cushion into the vehicle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/REAR SEAT CUSHION INSTALLATION).
REAR CENTER
WARNING: During and following any seat belt or child restraint anchor service, carefully inspect all seat belts, buckles, mounting hardware, retractors, tether straps, and anchors for proper installation, operation, or damage. Replace any belt that is cut, frayed, or torn. Straighten any belt that is twisted. Tighten any loose fasteners. Replace any belt that has a damaged or inoperative buckle or retractor. Replace any belt that has a bent or damaged latch plate or anchor plate. Replace any child restraint anchor or the unit to which the anchor is integral that has been bent or damaged. Never attempt to repair a seat belt or child restraint component. Always replace damaged or faulty seat belt and child restraint components with the correct, new and unused replacement parts listed in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog.
WK
1. Position the rear center seat belt and retractor unit onto the front of the left seat back panel (1). 2. Install and tighten the screw (2) from the back of the seat back panel that secures the retractor. Tighten the screw to 43 Nm (32 ft. lbs.).
8O - 483
3. Route the retractor lock cable (2) from the retractor to the seat back latch mechanism (3) on the upper outboard corner of the seat back panel (4). 4. Engage the lock cable end fitting to the seat back latch mechanism. 5. Route the seat belt lower anchor through the web guide loop integral to the top of the seat back panel. 6. Reinstall the trim onto the left rear seat back. (Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/REAR SEAT BACK COVER - INSTALLATION). 7. Reinstall the left rear seat back panel into the vehicle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/REAR SEAT BACK - INSTALLATION).
8O - 484
WK
SEAT BELT SWITCH

DESCRIPTION
The seat belt switch for this model is actually a Hall Effect-type sensor. This sensor consists of a fixed-position, Hall Effect Integrated Circuit (IC) chip and a small permanent magnet that is integral to the driver side front seat belt buckle. The driver side front seat belt buckle is located on a molded plastic scabbard and secured along with the seat belt tensioner mechanism by a nut to the inboard side of the driver side front seat cushion frame. The seat belt switch is connected to the vehicle electrical system through a twolead pigtail wire and connector (1) on the driver side front seat belt buckle-half, which is connected to a wire harness connector and take out of the seat wire harness. A radio noise suppression capacitor is connected in parallel with the IC where the two pigtail wire leads connect to the IC pins. The seat belt switch cannot be adjusted or repaired and, if faulty or damaged, the entire driver side front seat belt buckle-half and tensioner unit must be replaced.
OPERATION
The seat belt switch is designed to provide a status signal to the seat belt switch sense input of the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) indicating whether the driver side front seat belt is fastened. The ORC uses the seat belt switch input to determine the status of the driver side front seat belt. The ORC then sends electronic messages to the ElectroMechanical Instrument Cluster (EMIC) to control the seat belt indicator based upon the status of the seat belt switch input. A spring-loaded slide with a small window-like opening is integral to the buckle latch mechanism. When a seat belt tip-half is inserted and latched into the seat belt buckle, the slide is pushed downward and the window of the slide exposes the Hall Effect Integrated Circuit (IC) chip within the buckle. The field of the permanent magnet induces a current within the chip. The chip provides this induced current as an output to the ORC. When the seat belt is unbuckled, the spring-loaded slide moves upward and shields the IC from the field of the permanent magnet, causing the output current from the seat belt switch to be reduced. The seat belt switch receives a supply current from the ORC, and the ORC senses the status of the driver side front seat belt through its pigtail wire connection to the seat wire harness. The ORC also monitors the condition of the seat belt switch circuit and will illuminate the airbag indicator in the EMIC then store a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) for any fault that is detected in the seat belt switch circuit. For proper diagnosis of the seat belt switch, a diagnostic scan tool is required. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information.
WK
SEAT BELT TENSIONER
DESCRIPTION
Seat belt tensioners supplement the dual front airbags for this model. The seat belt tensioners are integral to the front seat belt buckle units, which are secured by a large hex nut (3) to a stud on the outside of the inboard seat cushion frames of the right and left front seats. The tensioner is concealed beneath the molded plastic inner seat cushion side shield. The seat belt tensioner consists (2) primarily of a buckle, an accordion-like molded plastic scabbard, a cable and piston, a pulley and bracket, a steel cylinder tube, and a small pyrotechnically activated gas generator. Except for the buckle and scabbard, all of these components are concealed by the seat cushion side shield.
8O - 485
The seat belt tensioners are controlled by the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) and are connected to the vehicle electrical system through a dedicated take out of the seat wire harness by a keyed and latching yellow molded plastic connector insulator (1) to ensure a secure connection. The driver side seat belt tensioner has a second connection through a two-wire pigtail and connector to the seat wire harness for an integral seat belt switch. The seat belt tensioners cannot be repaired and, if faulty or damaged, the entire front seat belt buckle unit must be replaced. If the front airbags have been deployed, the seat belt tensioners have also been deployed. The seat belt tensioners are not intended for reuse and must be replaced following any front airbag deployment. (Refer to 8 ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS/SEAT BELT BUCKLE - REMOVAL).
OPERATION
The seat belt tensioners are deployed in conjunction with the front airbags by a signal generated by the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) through the driver or passenger seat belt tensioner line 1 and line 2 (or squib) circuits. When the ORC sends the proper electrical signal to the tensioners, the electrical energy generates enough heat to initiate a small pyrotechnic gas generator. The gas generator is installed in one end of a steel cylinder tube where the piston attached to one end of the buckle cable is sealed to the inside circumference of the tube. As the gas expands, it pushes the piston down the tube, pulling the cable around the pulley, drawing the buckle downward, collapsing the scabbard, and removing any excess slack from the seat belt. Removing excess slack from the front seat belts not only keeps the occupants properly positioned for an airbag deployment following a frontal impact of the vehicle, but also helps to reduce injuries that the occupant might experience in these situations as a result of harmful contact with the steering wheel, steering column, instrument panel and/or windshield. Also, a torsion bar in the seat belt retractor that the retractor spool rides upon is designed to deform in order to control the loading being applied to the occupants by the seat belts during a frontal impact, further reducing the potential for occupant injuries. The ORC monitors the condition of the seat belt tensioners through circuit resistance, and will illuminate the airbag indicator in the ElectroMechanical Instrument Cluster (EMIC) and store a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) for any fault that is detected. For proper diagnosis of the seat belt tensioners, a diagnostic scan tool is required. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information.
8O - 486
WK
SEAT BELT TURNING LOOP ADJUSTER

REMOVAL
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, during and following any seat belt or child restraint anchor service, carefully inspect all seat belts, buckles, mounting hardware, retractors, tether straps, and anchors for proper installation, operation, or damage. Replace any belt that is cut, frayed, or torn. Straighten any belt that is twisted. Tighten any loose fasteners. Replace any belt that has a damaged or inoperative buckle or retractor. Replace any belt that has a bent or damaged latch plate or anchor plate. Replace any child restraint anchor or the unit to which the anchor is integral that has been bent or damaged. Never attempt to repair a seat belt or child restraint component. Always replace damaged or faulty seat belt and child restraint components with the correct, new and unused replacement parts listed in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog. 1. Firmly grasp the lower end of the turning loop trim cover on the upper B-pillar and pull it straight out to unsnap it from the height adjuster, then lift the bottom of the cover upward and pull outward to disengage the upper tabs from the adjuster.
2. Remove the screw (3) that secures the seat belt turning loop (4) to the height adjuster (5). 3. Remove the seat belt turning loop from the height adjuster. 4. Remove the upper trim (2) from the inside of the B-pillar (6). (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM - REMOVAL). 5. Remove the two screws (1) that secure the height adjuster to the inside of the B-pillar. 6. Remove the adjuster from the B-pillar.
WK
INSTALLATION
8O - 487
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, during and following any seat belt or child restraint anchor service, carefully inspect all seat belts, buckles, mounting hardware, retractors, tether straps, and anchors for proper installation, operation, or damage. Replace any belt that is cut, frayed, or torn. Straighten any belt that is twisted. Tighten any loose fasteners. Replace any belt that has a damaged or inoperative buckle or retractor. Replace any belt that has a bent or damaged latch plate or anchor plate. Replace any child restraint anchor or the unit to which the anchor is integral that has been bent or damaged. Never attempt to repair a seat belt or child restraint component. Always replace damaged or faulty seat belt and child restraint components with the correct, new and unused replacement parts listed in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog. 1. Position the seat belt turning loop adjuster (5) to the inside of the B-pillar (6). 2. Install and tighten the two screws (1) that secure the adjuster to the B-pillar. Tighten the screws to 39 Nm (29 ft. lbs.). 3. Reinstall the upper trim (2) onto the inside of the B-pillar. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM - INSTALLATION). 4. Position the seat belt turning loop (4) onto the height adjuster on the upper B-pillar. Be certain that the seat belt webbing between the retractor and the turning loop is not twisted. 5. Install and tighten the screw (3) that secures the turning loop to the height adjuster. Tighten the screw to 39 Nm (29 ft. lbs.).
6. Insert the upper tabs of the turning loop trim cover into the slots of the height adjuster on the upper B-pillar, then lower the bottom of the cover and use hand pressure to press firmly and evenly on the cover until it snaps into place.
8O - 488
WK
SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR

DESCRIPTION
The seat track position sensor (1) is a Hall Effect-type sensor. This sensor consists of a Hall Effect Integrated Circuit (IC) chip encased in potting material within a cavity of the molded plastic sensor housing. The sensor housing has an integral snap feature (3) and snaps into a stamped metal bracket located on the inboard side of one of the seat adjuster tracks on each front seat, then is secured by a screw into a mounting boss (4) at one end of the sensor housing. A molded connector receptacle (2) is integral to the opposite end of the sensor housing from the mounting boss is connected to the vehicle electrical system through a connector and take out of the driver or passenger seat wire harness beneath the front seat cushion frame. The seat track position sensor cannot be adjusted or repaired and, if faulty or damaged, the entire sensor must be replaced.
OPERATION
The seat track position sensor is designed to provide a seat position data input to the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) indicating whether the driver front seat is in a full forward or a not full forward position. The OCM sends electronic seat position messages to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) over the Controller Area Network (CAN) data bus. The ORC uses this data as an additional logic input for use in determining the appropriate deployment force to be used when deploying the multistage front airbags. The seat track position sensor receives a nominal five volt supply from the OCM. The sensor communicates the seat position by modulating the voltage returned to the OCM on a sensor data circuit. The OCM also monitors the condition of the sensor circuits and will store a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) for any fault that is detected, then send messages to the ORC to illuminate the airbag indicator in the instrument cluster. For proper diagnosis of the seat track position sensor, a diagnostic scan tool is required. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information.
REMOVAL
WK
1. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable. Wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before further service. 2. Reach under the front seat cushion to access the seat track position sensor (3) in a bracket (5) located on the inboard side of either the inner or outer, driver or passenger seat track. 3. Disconnect the electrical connector (4) from the sensor. 4. Remove the screw (1) that secures the sensor mounting boss to the bracket. 5. Using a small screwdriver, depress the sensor latch feature (2) and pull the sensor out of the bracket.
8O - 489
INSTALLATION
WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. 1. Reach under the front seat cushion to position the seat track position sensor (3) to the open end of the bracket (5) located on the inboard side of either the inner or outer, driver or passenger seat track. 2. Push the sensor firmly into the bracket until the latch feature (2) snaps into place. 3. Install and tighten the screw (1) that secures the sensor mounting boss to the bracket. Tighten the screw to 2 Nm (15 in. lbs.). 4. Reconnect the seat wire harness connector (4) to the sensor connector receptacle located on the end of the sensor. Be certain that the latch on the connector is fully engaged. 5. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at this time. The supplemental restraint system verification test procedure should be performed following service of any supplemental restraint system component. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS STANDARD PROCEDURE - VERIFICATION TEST). 6. Following successful completion of the supplemental restraint system verification test procedure, perform the Occupant Classification System Verification Test using a diagnostic scan tool. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic procedures.

Jeep WK Grand Cherokee Section 08O Restraints

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Jeep WK Grand Cherokee Section 08O Restraints

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

WK

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . 1

RESTRAINTS - SERVICE INFORMATION . . . . . . 427

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

. 156 . 159 . 165 . 171 . 177 . 183 . 189

. 249 . 254 . 257 . 261

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

. 375 . 375 . 375 . 375 . 376 . 376

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1203-SRS WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT/PERFORMANCE

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1203-SRS WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT/PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

CHECK FOR AN ACTIVE DTC

REPLACE THE ORC

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1203-SRS WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT/PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1204-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1204-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1204-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

REPLACE THE ORC

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1204-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1205-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1205-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1205-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1205-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

REPLACE THE ORC

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1205-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1206-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1206-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1206-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

CHECK (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1206-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1207-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1207-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1207-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1207-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

REPLACE THE ORC

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1207-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1B00-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

B1B00-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC